4 Week Advanced Beginners ClinicThis 4-week clinic series is for Advanced Beginners who are ready to take their game to the next level.
Clinic Schedule
With our coach and 4 other students, you’ll learn the following:
Week 1. How to forehand/backhand dink
Week 2. How to hit a 3rd shot drop/drive
Week 3. How to volly back and forth.
Week 4. Blocking the 3rd shot drive and countering when in hands battles
Each class will be 1.5 hours long, with a combination of Coach guided drills and demonstrations!
If you were to sign up, it is a commitment to the 4-Week clinic series. If you cannot make a class, please let your coach know before hand.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund
Low Intermediate Drills & Guided PlayLow Intermediate Drills & Guided Play
Structured practice exercises and drills designed to work on:
Shot consistency/muscle memory
Paddle and Shot Control
Court and Shot Positoning
These activities are tailored to help players transition from basic skills to more advanced techniques, focusing on both individual improvement and teamwork. Emphasis will be placed on understanding shot selection and building confidence in making decisions during play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Emerg Adv Open PlayOpen Play Format:
Team closest to the back or side wall serves first
Play straight to 11 points (no win by 2 points)
Winners stay and split
Winners rotate out after 2 wins
FREE Intro to Pickleball ClinicFREE Intro to Pickleball Clinic
Level: Beginner
Age: All
Gender: All
Clinic designed for beginners and newer players! This fun, low-pressure session will cover the basics of the game, including rules, scoring, court positioning, and fundamental shots. Our instructor will guide you through drills and live play to help you build confidence and start playing right away. No experience necessary.
Open Play (9:30am Off-Peak)Join others and play matches in a fun, social, and/or competitive environment. Stack your paddles in a line at the court you choose to play. There will be challenge courts (ie. winner stays on) and regular courts (4 on 4 off) for a variety of skill levels. We do not restrict our open sessions to a specific skill level - all levels are welcome. Please note, these sessions do not include balls or paddles. We separately offer paddles for rent, and balls for sale.
Cancellation/No-Show/Late Policy
Full refunds will be offered as club credits if you cancel at least 24 hours prior to event start time - no refunds for cancellations within 24 hours.
If you don't show up, and don't let us know ahead of time, we will remove you from all future open play sessions that you signed up for. This is to prevent people from doing "bulk signups" to reserve their slot and then not showing up. If you are unable to attend, you can always cancel or reschedule 24 hours prior to the event in your CourtReserve account (please cancel it yourself online, as emailing or calling us to cancel beyond the 24 hour deadline does not guarantee a successful cancellation because we may not get to your request in time). If you need to cancel due to an emergency within 24 hours of the starting time, emailing us at [email protected] is the best way to let us know.
If you come to an open play, please stay for at least half the session in order to avoid being counted as a "no-show". We are noticing that some people are booking two consecutive weekday sessions from 5:30pm - 10:30pm, then show up after 7pm when the majority of the 5:30pm session is already over. This is unfair to the many people on the waitlist who would have shown up much earlier and played the whole session.
If you are running more than 15 minutes late to the session, please let us know via email ([email protected]), or we will give your spot to someone else. Often times, we have people who are at the club already waiting for a spot, but people show up late, and we are unable to let them have the spot.
We hope this policy will reduce the number of no-shows, as we know that many people want to attend the open play. Please let us know if you have any questions or concerns.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Beginner Training ClinicBeginner Training Clinic (60 minutes)
Level: Beginner
Age: All
Gender: All
Clinic designed for beginners and newer players! This session focuses on learning the fundamentals of pickleball, including proper technique, basic shots, court positioning, and scoring. Our instructor will guide you through structured drills to help build confidence and develop a solid foundation for the game.
Pre-Register: ACDMY | Exp Beginner OR Intermediate | WednesdaysPKLYN Experienced Beginner or Intermediate ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Wednesdays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 15
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to Experienced Beginner and Intermediate players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
Experienced Beginner
You’re past the basics and ready to build strategy and shot selection.
You understand scoring, positioning, and core rules
You’re developing consistency on serves, returns, and dinks
Volleys, resets, and third shots are still in progress
Recommended for players who have moved beyond intro classes and feel comfortable in Experienced Beginner or Intermediate open play.
Intermediate
You play with intention and are developing a complete game.
You serve and return with purpose
You use the kitchen strategically
You can sustain dink rallies and identify attackable balls
You’re learning to reset and defend under pressure
Recommended for players who are comfortable in Intermediate open play and want more confidence with drops, volleys, and handling pace-heavy players.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
Intermediate DrillscIntermediate Drills
Level: Intermediate
Age: All
Gender: All
For players with solid fundamentals who want to take their game to the next level. This clinic focuses on improving consistency, strategy, court awareness, and advanced shot techniques through structured drills and coaching.
Beginner+ Community Clinic brought to you by Mount Sinai Health CareImprove your skills and boost your spirits with this one-hour community clinic brought to you courtesy of Mount Sinai Health Care.
Our Beginner+ Community Clinic is geared towards players who know the basics and are looking to improve their game.
You will build your foundational skills, drill, and play games!
Program Details:
Four players per court
60-minute session
Free paddle rental included
Play With A Pro 3.0 - 3.5Ready to move up to the High Intermediate 3.5+ level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pre-Register: ACDMY | High Int OR Advanced | WednesdaysPKLYN High Intermediate or Advanced ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Wednesdays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 15
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to High Intermediate and Advanced players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
High Intermediate
Typical DUPR: 3.3+
Play with pace and anticipation.
Control direction and tempo during dink exchanges.
Defend speed-ups and transition effectively.
Attack out of the air when opportunities arise.
Understand positioning, targeting, and point construction.
Recommended for players who regularly compete in higher-level open play or leagues and want to improve consistency, decision-making, and execution under pressure.
Advanced
Typical DUPR: 3.75+
Play a disciplined, high-level game.
Dictate points through placement, pressure, and patience.
Handle fast hands exchanges and extended dink battles.
Value structure, repetition, and high-quality reps.
Recommended for players who compete at the top of PKLYN High Intermediate or within Advanced Open Play and are focused on refining execution, strategy, and tournament performance.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
Intro to Pickleball Community Clinic brought to you by Mount SinaiImprove your skills and boost your spirits with this one-hour community clinic brought to you courtesy of Mount Sinai Health System.
Our Intro Clinic is geared towards beginner players who are looking to get into pickleball.
You will learn the rules, some basic drills, and play the game!
Program Details:
Four players per court
One instructor
60-minute session
Free paddle rental included
Open Play (1pm Off-Peak)Join others and play matches in a fun, social, and/or competitive environment. Stack your paddles in a line at the court you choose to play. There will be challenge courts (ie. winner stays on) and regular courts (4 on 4 off) for a variety of skill levels. We do not restrict our open sessions to a specific skill level - all levels are welcome. Please note, these sessions do not include balls or paddles. We separately offer paddles for rent, and balls for sale.
Cancellation/No-Show/Late Policy
Full refunds will be offered as club credits if you cancel at least 24 hours prior to event start time - no refunds for cancellations within 24 hours.
If you don't show up, and don't let us know ahead of time, we will remove you from all future open play sessions that you signed up for. This is to prevent people from doing "bulk signups" to reserve their slot and then not showing up. If you are unable to attend, you can always cancel or reschedule 24 hours prior to the event in your CourtReserve account (please cancel it yourself online, as emailing or calling us to cancel beyond the 24 hour deadline does not guarantee a successful cancellation because we may not get to your request in time). If you need to cancel due to an emergency within 24 hours of the starting time, emailing us at [email protected] is the best way to let us know.
If you come to an open play, please stay for at least half the session in order to avoid being counted as a "no-show". We are noticing that some people are booking two consecutive weekday sessions from 5:30pm - 10:30pm, then show up after 7pm when the majority of the 5:30pm session is already over. This is unfair to the many people on the waitlist who would have shown up much earlier and played the whole session.
If you are running more than 15 minutes late to the session, please let us know via email ([email protected]), or we will give your spot to someone else. Often times, we have people who are at the club already waiting for a spot, but people show up late, and we are unable to let them have the spot.
We hope this policy will reduce the number of no-shows, as we know that many people want to attend the open play. Please let us know if you have any questions or concerns.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Intro to Pickleball Community Clinic brought to you by Mount SinaiImprove your skills and boost your spirits with this one-hour community clinic brought to you courtesy of Mount Sinai Health System.
Our Intro Clinic is geared towards beginner players who are looking to get into pickleball.
You will learn the rules, some basic drills, and play the game!
Program Details:
Four players per court
One instructor
60-minute session
Free paddle rental included
Junior Summer Camp (July 27 - July 31)Junior Summer Camp for Kids Ages 9-15
Proper attire required with sneakers
Bring a water bottle. Refill station is available
Bring snacks that are peanuts free
Pickleball paddles will be provided
Daily Camp Structure
Warm-up & agility games
Pickleball skills and drills
Snack / rest break
Game Play
Creative activities (chess, painting pickleballs, etc.)
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Intro to Pickleball - FREEcFree "Intro to Pickleball" Session
New to pickleball? Curious about PickleRage? Join us for a fun and friendly Free "Intro to Pickleball" session!
Designed for beginners, this class covers the basics: rules, scoring, equipment, and court positioning, followed by guided play so you can jump right into the action. Let our instructors introduce you to the fastest-growing sport in the country at our new state-of-the art facility. Paddles and balls provided. Just bring your energy! Best of all, it's FREE for both members and non-members!
900 North Ave, Plainfield, NJ 07062, United States
Open Play (3pm Off-Peak)Join others and play matches in a fun, social, and/or competitive environment. Stack your paddles in a line at the court you choose to play. There will be challenge courts (ie. winner stays on) and regular courts (4 on 4 off) for a variety of skill levels. We do not restrict our open sessions to a specific skill level - all levels are welcome. Please note, these sessions do not include balls or paddles. We separately offer paddles for rent, and balls for sale.
Cancellation/No-Show/Late Policy
Full refunds will be offered as club credits if you cancel at least 24 hours prior to event start time - no refunds for cancellations within 24 hours.
If you don't show up, and don't let us know ahead of time, we will remove you from all future open play sessions that you signed up for. This is to prevent people from doing "bulk signups" to reserve their slot and then not showing up. If you are unable to attend, you can always cancel or reschedule 24 hours prior to the event in your CourtReserve account (please cancel it yourself online, as emailing or calling us to cancel beyond the 24 hour deadline does not guarantee a successful cancellation because we may not get to your request in time). If you need to cancel due to an emergency within 24 hours of the starting time, emailing us at [email protected] is the best way to let us know.
If you come to an open play, please stay for at least half the session in order to avoid being counted as a "no-show". We are noticing that some people are booking two consecutive weekday sessions from 5:30pm - 10:30pm, then show up after 7pm when the majority of the 5:30pm session is already over. This is unfair to the many people on the waitlist who would have shown up much earlier and played the whole session.
If you are running more than 15 minutes late to the session, please let us know via email ([email protected]), or we will give your spot to someone else. Often times, we have people who are at the club already waiting for a spot, but people show up late, and we are unable to let them have the spot.
We hope this policy will reduce the number of no-shows, as we know that many people want to attend the open play. Please let us know if you have any questions or concerns.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Advanced Intermediate / Advanced levels (3.7-4.2)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Mid-court Resets and Roll Volleys
This session will be dedicated to learning how to handle shots coming towards your feet in the mid-court, as well as how to effectively apply pressure when your opponents hit drop shots to you.
2. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to handle one coming at you.
3. Drop Shots and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line while maintaining potential to apply pressure during transition
4. Dinking and Cross Court Dinking
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate an effective attack on your opponents.
Women's Collective 101 ClinicWomen’s Collective 101 | Foundation Series
Suggested Rating: 2.0 – 2.49 or Non-Rated
Designed for new players who are learning the basics of pickleball and want to build confidence through consistent contact, simple movement patterns, and early rally skills. The Foundation Series introduces core techniques and court awareness to help players feel more comfortable sustaining short rallies and understanding how points develop.
Session Format (2 Hours):
Fundamental Skills: Introduction to core strokes such as volleys, dinks, serves, and basic groundstrokes
**Paddle Readiness + Footwork:**Split step, paddle-ready habits, and movement toward the NVZ
**Rally Building:**Learning how to keep the ball in play through controlled exchanges
**Guided Drills + Live Play:**Applying skills through simple rally patterns and coached gameplay
Skill Themes May Include:
NVZ awareness and introductory block volleys
Dinks and short rally control
Serve fundamentals and basic forehand/backhand contact
Simple two-shot patterns such as serve → third shot in play or return → move forward
Ideal for players who want to develop confidence moving near the NVZ and can sustain short rallies with similar players.
Max players per court: 4
Cancellation Policy: Full refund until 48 hours before the session starts. Cancellations within 48 hours will be subject to a full charge.
Low Enrollment Cancellation: We will cancel sessions that do not have a sufficient number of players by 8pm the prior evening. You will
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
Pre-Register: ACDMY | Exp Beginner OR Intermediate | WednesdaysPKLYN Experienced Beginner or Intermediate ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Wednesdays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 15
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to Experienced Beginner and Intermediate players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
Experienced Beginner
You’re past the basics and ready to build strategy and shot selection.
You understand scoring, positioning, and core rules
You’re developing consistency on serves, returns, and dinks
Volleys, resets, and third shots are still in progress
Recommended for players who have moved beyond intro classes and feel comfortable in Experienced Beginner or Intermediate open play.
Intermediate
You play with intention and are developing a complete game.
You serve and return with purpose
You use the kitchen strategically
You can sustain dink rallies and identify attackable balls
You’re learning to reset and defend under pressure
Recommended for players who are comfortable in Intermediate open play and want more confidence with drops, volleys, and handling pace-heavy players.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
[INTERMEDIATE] Coach Guided Open Play (5:30pm)Have a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Partner Rally 15 Open PlayPartner Rally 15 Open Play Format:
Register with a partner or a partner will be drawn for you
HC Rally Scoring (straight to 15 / no serve to win)
Regular Open Play 2 off 2 on
Winners stay for 2 games
NOTE: The 4.0 50+ Team may be practicing during this session
Pickleball coaching for Advanced Intermediate / Advanced trainingExisting trainees receive 10% for enrolling again, call us to receive account credit.
Coaching for Advanced Intermediate / advnaced training for DUPR >=3.5
60 min sessions
4 session package
Continue to hone in on the skills.
Spend dedicated 60 minutes with the coach on the court.
We can also customize a training program as per your needs.
Please feel free to call or speak with the coach during your session.
[INTERMEDIATE] Coach Guided Open Play (6:30pm)Have a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Intro to Pickleball Community Clinic brought to you by Mount SinaiImprove your skills and boost your spirits with this one-hour community clinic brought to you courtesy of Mount Sinai Health System.
Our Intro Clinic is geared towards beginner players who are looking to get into pickleball.
You will learn the rules, some basic drills, and play the game!
Program Details:
Four players per court
One instructor
60-minute session
Free paddle rental included
Intro to Pickleball Community Clinic brought to you by Mount SinaiImprove your skills and boost your spirits with this one-hour community clinic brought to you courtesy of Mount Sinai Health System.
Our Intro Clinic is geared towards beginner players who are looking to get into pickleball.
You will learn the rules, some basic drills, and play the game!
Program Details:
Four players per court
One instructor
60-minute session
Free paddle rental included
Pre-Register: ACDMY | Exp Beginner OR Intermediate | ThursdaysPKLYN Experienced Beginner or Intermediate ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Thursdays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 16
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to Experienced Beginner and Intermediate players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
Experienced Beginner
You’re past the basics and ready to build strategy and shot selection.
You understand scoring, positioning, and core rules
You’re developing consistency on serves, returns, and dinks
Volleys, resets, and third shots are still in progress
Recommended for players who have moved beyond intro classes and feel comfortable in Experienced Beginner or Intermediate open play.
Intermediate
You play with intention and are developing a complete game.
You serve and return with purpose
You use the kitchen strategically
You can sustain dink rallies and identify attackable balls
You’re learning to reset and defend under pressure
Recommended for players who are comfortable in Intermediate open play and want more confidence with drops, volleys, and handling pace-heavy players.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
Pre-Register: ACDMY | Exp Beginner OR Intermediate | ThursdaysPKLYN Experienced Beginner or Intermediate ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Thursdays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 16
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to Experienced Beginner and Intermediate players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
Experienced Beginner
You’re past the basics and ready to build strategy and shot selection.
You understand scoring, positioning, and core rules
You’re developing consistency on serves, returns, and dinks
Volleys, resets, and third shots are still in progress
Recommended for players who have moved beyond intro classes and feel comfortable in Experienced Beginner or Intermediate open play.
Intermediate
You play with intention and are developing a complete game.
You serve and return with purpose
You use the kitchen strategically
You can sustain dink rallies and identify attackable balls
You’re learning to reset and defend under pressure
Recommended for players who are comfortable in Intermediate open play and want more confidence with drops, volleys, and handling pace-heavy players.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
Pickleball for Parkinson's (Player Registration)Pickleball for Parkinson’s (Player Registration)
Gotham Pickleball is now offering Pickleball for Parkinson's, a free program designed to bring the joy and benefits of pickleball to Parkinson’s patients.
The program was developed with input from players with Parkinson’s and experts in the field. Players with Parkinson’s are welcome to attend and to bring a guest.
Designed for beginners and more experienced players, participants will warm-up, stretch, drill, receive coaching, and play games.
Participants will find a supportive community of other players with Parkinson’s, as well as volunteers and allies.
The program will be led by Coach Terence Degnan, with support from other coaches and volunteers.
Paddles and balls will be available for use at no charge.
Volunteers are needed to help support players during game settings. Please sign up using the volunteers’ registration link.
Open Play (9:30am Off-Peak)Join others and play matches in a fun, social, and/or competitive environment. Stack your paddles in a line at the court you choose to play. There will be challenge courts (ie. winner stays on) and regular courts (4 on 4 off) for a variety of skill levels. We do not restrict our open sessions to a specific skill level - all levels are welcome. Please note, these sessions do not include balls or paddles. We separately offer paddles for rent, and balls for sale.
Cancellation/No-Show/Late Policy
Full refunds will be offered as club credits if you cancel at least 24 hours prior to event start time - no refunds for cancellations within 24 hours.
If you don't show up, and don't let us know ahead of time, we will remove you from all future open play sessions that you signed up for. This is to prevent people from doing "bulk signups" to reserve their slot and then not showing up. If you are unable to attend, you can always cancel or reschedule 24 hours prior to the event in your CourtReserve account (please cancel it yourself online, as emailing or calling us to cancel beyond the 24 hour deadline does not guarantee a successful cancellation because we may not get to your request in time). If you need to cancel due to an emergency within 24 hours of the starting time, emailing us at [email protected] is the best way to let us know.
If you come to an open play, please stay for at least half the session in order to avoid being counted as a "no-show". We are noticing that some people are booking two consecutive weekday sessions from 5:30pm - 10:30pm, then show up after 7pm when the majority of the 5:30pm session is already over. This is unfair to the many people on the waitlist who would have shown up much earlier and played the whole session.
If you are running more than 15 minutes late to the session, please let us know via email ([email protected]), or we will give your spot to someone else. Often times, we have people who are at the club already waiting for a spot, but people show up late, and we are unable to let them have the spot.
We hope this policy will reduce the number of no-shows, as we know that many people want to attend the open play. Please let us know if you have any questions or concerns.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Clinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with StrategyClinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with Strategy
Ever feel like you’re hitting solid shots but still losing points you should be winning? This six-week series will teach you how to play with intention instead of reacting. You’ll learn how to control the point from the serve and return, take command of the kitchen line, and place the ball to create pressure and force errors—so you’re dictating play rather than hoping for a mistake.Prerequisites: You should be able to execute basic shots (serve, return, drive, drop, volley, and dink) with some consistency or have completed Path to Intermediate Level 1. If you are unsure if this series is the right fit, please reach out.Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by theRacket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy:Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior to the first class
FREE Intro to Pickleball ClinicFREE Intro to Pickleball Clinic
Level: Beginner
Age: All
Gender: All
Clinic designed for beginners and newer players! This fun, low-pressure session will cover the basics of the game, including rules, scoring, court positioning, and fundamental shots. Our instructor will guide you through drills and live play to help you build confidence and start playing right away. No experience necessary.
Beginner Training ClinicBeginner Training Clinic (60 minutes)
Level: Beginner
Age: All
Gender: All
Clinic designed for beginners and newer players! This session focuses on learning the fundamentals of pickleball, including proper technique, basic shots, court positioning, and scoring. Our instructor will guide you through structured drills to help build confidence and develop a solid foundation for the game.
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Advanced Intermediate / Advanced levels (3.7-4.2)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Mid-court Resets and Roll Volleys
This session will be dedicated to learning how to handle shots coming towards your feet in the mid-court, as well as how to effectively apply pressure when your opponents hit drop shots to you.
2. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to handle one coming at you.
3. Drop Shots and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line while maintaining potential to apply pressure during transition
4. Dinking and Cross Court Dinking
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate an effective attack on your opponents.
LADIES ONLY Intermediate Drills Training60-minute Drills Training:
A series of Drills to improve skills
Build muscle memory
Reflex challenge
In addition, players will engage in reaction-based exercises designed to heighten their quick decision-making and on-court anticipation. These exercises are intended to simulate real match scenarios, pushing participants to adapt their tactics under pressure and further refine their technique.
We will work on a series of drills that will help reinforce muscle memory, improve strategic shot-making, and prepare players for more competitive play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Beginner+ Community Clinic brought to you by Mount Sinai Health CareImprove your skills and boost your spirits with this one-hour community clinic brought to you courtesy of Mount Sinai Health Care.
Our Beginner+ Community Clinic is geared towards players who know the basics and are looking to improve their game.
You will build your foundational skills, drill, and play games!
Program Details:
Four players per court
60-minute session
Free paddle rental included
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Fix Your Game Clinic w/ TommyFix Your Game Clinic w/ Tommy
Every pickleball player has something they'd like to improve. The focus of this clinic will be determined by the players who attend, allowing us to target the skills that will have the greatest impact on your game. Whether it's lobs, dinking, resets, volleys, serves, returns, transition play, or another key skill, our coaches will tailor the instruction to meet the group's needs.
This clinic is open to all skill levels. There are no rating restrictions because improvement isn't tied to a specific level of play. If there's a part of your game you want to strengthen, this clinic is for you. Players will receive instruction, drills, and coaching feedback designed to help build confidence, consistency, and better on-court decision-making.
Come ready to learn, ask questions, and work on the skills that matter most to your game.
Junior Training Camp - Intermediate (14-16)Junior Program –Pickleball Training Program, Intermediate
This Junior Pickleball Training Program continues skills, drills and play for young players in a fun, active, and supportive environment. Players will continue to learn essential skills such as service, groundstrokes, volleys, dinks, scoring, with an emphasis on game strategy.
Each session builds confidence, coordination, and consistency while emphasizing teamwork, sportsmanship, and enjoyment of the game. Designed for Intermediate juniors, this program helps players develop strong fundamentals and prepares them for match play – all while having fun on the court.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Beginner AVANCED Drills & Guided PlayBeginner Advanced Drills & Guided Play
90-minute session to take you to the next level:
45 minutes of drills
45 minutes of guided play
Learn and drill the required shots to advance your game
Learn effective movement on the court
Learn rules and play the game
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Open Play (1pm Off-Peak)Join others and play matches in a fun, social, and/or competitive environment. Stack your paddles in a line at the court you choose to play. There will be challenge courts (ie. winner stays on) and regular courts (4 on 4 off) for a variety of skill levels. We do not restrict our open sessions to a specific skill level - all levels are welcome. Please note, these sessions do not include balls or paddles. We separately offer paddles for rent, and balls for sale.
Cancellation/No-Show/Late Policy
Full refunds will be offered as club credits if you cancel at least 24 hours prior to event start time - no refunds for cancellations within 24 hours.
If you don't show up, and don't let us know ahead of time, we will remove you from all future open play sessions that you signed up for. This is to prevent people from doing "bulk signups" to reserve their slot and then not showing up. If you are unable to attend, you can always cancel or reschedule 24 hours prior to the event in your CourtReserve account (please cancel it yourself online, as emailing or calling us to cancel beyond the 24 hour deadline does not guarantee a successful cancellation because we may not get to your request in time). If you need to cancel due to an emergency within 24 hours of the starting time, emailing us at [email protected] is the best way to let us know.
If you come to an open play, please stay for at least half the session in order to avoid being counted as a "no-show". We are noticing that some people are booking two consecutive weekday sessions from 5:30pm - 10:30pm, then show up after 7pm when the majority of the 5:30pm session is already over. This is unfair to the many people on the waitlist who would have shown up much earlier and played the whole session.
If you are running more than 15 minutes late to the session, please let us know via email ([email protected]), or we will give your spot to someone else. Often times, we have people who are at the club already waiting for a spot, but people show up late, and we are unable to let them have the spot.
We hope this policy will reduce the number of no-shows, as we know that many people want to attend the open play. Please let us know if you have any questions or concerns.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Junior Summer Camp (July 27 - July 31)Junior Summer Camp for Kids Ages 9-15
Proper attire required with sneakers
Bring a water bottle. Refill station is available
Bring snacks that are peanuts free
Pickleball paddles will be provided
Daily Camp Structure
Warm-up & agility games
Pickleball skills and drills
Snack / rest break
Game Play
Creative activities (chess, painting pickleballs, etc.)
Intermediate DrillsIntermediate Drills (60 minutes)
Level: Intermediate
Age: All
Gender: All
For players with solid fundamentals who want to take their game to the next level. This clinic focuses on improving consistency, strategy, court awareness, and advanced shot techniques through structured drills and coaching.
Open Play (3pm Off-Peak)Join others and play matches in a fun, social, and/or competitive environment. Stack your paddles in a line at the court you choose to play. There will be challenge courts (ie. winner stays on) and regular courts (4 on 4 off) for a variety of skill levels. We do not restrict our open sessions to a specific skill level - all levels are welcome. Please note, these sessions do not include balls or paddles. We separately offer paddles for rent, and balls for sale.
Cancellation/No-Show/Late Policy
Full refunds will be offered as club credits if you cancel at least 24 hours prior to event start time - no refunds for cancellations within 24 hours.
If you don't show up, and don't let us know ahead of time, we will remove you from all future open play sessions that you signed up for. This is to prevent people from doing "bulk signups" to reserve their slot and then not showing up. If you are unable to attend, you can always cancel or reschedule 24 hours prior to the event in your CourtReserve account (please cancel it yourself online, as emailing or calling us to cancel beyond the 24 hour deadline does not guarantee a successful cancellation because we may not get to your request in time). If you need to cancel due to an emergency within 24 hours of the starting time, emailing us at [email protected] is the best way to let us know.
If you come to an open play, please stay for at least half the session in order to avoid being counted as a "no-show". We are noticing that some people are booking two consecutive weekday sessions from 5:30pm - 10:30pm, then show up after 7pm when the majority of the 5:30pm session is already over. This is unfair to the many people on the waitlist who would have shown up much earlier and played the whole session.
If you are running more than 15 minutes late to the session, please let us know via email ([email protected]), or we will give your spot to someone else. Often times, we have people who are at the club already waiting for a spot, but people show up late, and we are unable to let them have the spot.
We hope this policy will reduce the number of no-shows, as we know that many people want to attend the open play. Please let us know if you have any questions or concerns.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
4 Week Clinic for IntermediateThis 4-week clinic series is for Intermediate players who are ready to take their game to the next level.
Clinic Schedule
With our coach and 4 other students, you’ll learn the following:
Week 1: how to reliably get to the kitchen (serves, drives, drops, drips, resets)
Week 2: how to stop your opponents getting to the kitchen (returns, 4th shot decision making, drive tolerance, flicks/rolls)
Week 3: How to win once you’re at the kitchen (speedups + dinking patterns)
Week 4: How to be ready for your opponents game plan in the kitchen. (Counters + dinking patterns+ finishing pieces)
Each class will be 1.5 hours long, with a combination of coach-guided drills and demonstrations!
If you were to sign up, it is a commitment to the 4-Week clinic series. If you cannot attend a class, please let your coach know before hand.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations
Guided Drills with Coach AmandaGuided Drills with Coach Amanda
This Drill session is targeted at Intermediate level players who want to take their game to the next level.
Players will spend the hour focusing on shot specific drills (e.g., dinks, drops, volleys, drives, etc.) guided by Coach Amanda.
Amanda will pair up and rotate players based on skill level.
Players may register with a specific drill partner and choose to not rotate if desired.
Max players per court: 4
Cancellation Policy: Full refund until 24 hours before the session starts. Cancellations within 24 hours will be subject to a full charge.
Low Enrollment Cancellation: We will cancel sessions that do not have a sufficient number of players by 8pm the prior evening
Adult Intermediate Clinic - 6 Weeks ClinicIntermediate clinics are designed to help players take their game to the next level.
In this 6 weeks clinic, we will cover
Aggressive Serves & Returns (Power and Placement)
Generate Topspin and Backspin on Forehand & Backhand
Volley Variations, Roll, Punch, Flick, Dink
Aggressive 3rd Shot Drop
Lobs and Overhead
Dink with Speed Ups and Counters
Low Intermediate DrillsLow Intermediate Drills
Structured practice exercises and drills designed to work on:
Shot consistency/muscle memory
Paddle and Shot Control
Court and Shot Positoning
These activities are tailored to help players transition from basic skills to more advanced techniques, focusing on both individual improvement and teamwork. Emphasis will be placed on understanding shot selection and building confidence in making decisions during play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Junior Academy (Ages 5-13)Junior Academy (Ages 5-13)
This fun and engaging 6-week program introduces young players to pickleball through a new skill focus each week. Players will learn the basics—grip, movement, serves, returns, and simple rallying—through games, drills, and guided play designed specifically for this age group. The goal is to build confidence, coordination, and a love for the game in a positive, high-energy environment where kids can learn, play, and have fun.
4 Week Clinic for BeginnersThis 4-week clinic series is for Beginners who are ready to take their game to the next level.
If you are a Beginner who doesn’t know the rules yet, please join one of our Intro to Pickleball clinics!
Clinic Schedule
With our coach and 4 other students, you’ll learn the following:
Positioning - Ensuring you are positioned correctly to make proper contact with the ball.
Split Stepping - Stabilizing yourself before the shot.
Drives - How to hit the ball deep with more consistency, on your serves and in rallies.
Forehand Dinks - how to keep the ball in play at the kitchen line
Each class will be 1.5 hours long, with a combination of Coach guided drills and demonstrations!
Low Intermediate Drills and PlayIntermediate Drills & Guided Play
This 90-minute session builds on foundational skills and introduces advanced strategies for more experienced players.
45 minutes of drills focusing on shot placement, spin techniques, and defensive maneuvers
45 minutes of guided play with tactical coaching
The session challenges players to expand their understanding of court dynamics, develop situational awareness, and adapt to different game scenarios. Participants will practice advanced rallies and receive targeted feedback to enhance their performance.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Pre-Register: ACDMY | Exp Beginner OR Intermediate | ThursdaysPKLYN Experienced Beginner or Intermediate ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Thursdays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 16
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to Experienced Beginner and Intermediate players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
Experienced Beginner
You’re past the basics and ready to build strategy and shot selection.
You understand scoring, positioning, and core rules
You’re developing consistency on serves, returns, and dinks
Volleys, resets, and third shots are still in progress
Recommended for players who have moved beyond intro classes and feel comfortable in Experienced Beginner or Intermediate open play.
Intermediate
You play with intention and are developing a complete game.
You serve and return with purpose
You use the kitchen strategically
You can sustain dink rallies and identify attackable balls
You’re learning to reset and defend under pressure
Recommended for players who are comfortable in Intermediate open play and want more confidence with drops, volleys, and handling pace-heavy players.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
FREE Intro to Pickleball ClinicFREE Intro to Pickleball Clinic
Level: Beginner
Age: All
Gender: All
Clinic designed for beginners and newer players! This fun, low-pressure session will cover the basics of the game, including rules, scoring, court positioning, and fundamental shots. Our instructor will guide you through drills and live play to help you build confidence and start playing right away. No experience necessary.
Beginner Training ClinicBeginner Training Clinic (60 minutes)
Level: Beginner
Age: All
Gender: All
Clinic designed for beginners and newer players! This session focuses on learning the fundamentals of pickleball, including proper technique, basic shots, court positioning, and scoring. Our instructor will guide you through structured drills to help build confidence and develop a solid foundation for the game.
Pre-Register: ACDMY | Exp Beginner OR Intermediate | FridaysPKLYN Experienced Beginner or Intermediate ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Fridays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 17
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to Experienced Beginner and Intermediate players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
Experienced Beginner
You’re past the basics and ready to build strategy and shot selection.
You understand scoring, positioning, and core rules
You’re developing consistency on serves, returns, and dinks
Volleys, resets, and third shots are still in progress
Recommended for players who have moved beyond intro classes and feel comfortable in Experienced Beginner or Intermediate open play.
Intermediate
You play with intention and are developing a complete game.
You serve and return with purpose
You use the kitchen strategically
You can sustain dink rallies and identify attackable balls
You’re learning to reset and defend under pressure
Recommended for players who are comfortable in Intermediate open play and want more confidence with drops, volleys, and handling pace-heavy players.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
Clinic - Intro to PickleballIntroduction to Pickleball
This Intro to Pickleball Clinic will cover the rules and basic principles of Pickleball, such as scoring, serving, return of serve, court positioning, dinking, and volleying. The final half hour of the clinic will be used to play supervised games.
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
There will be a 4 to 1 player to coach ratio (or less) for this clinic.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund until 24 hours before the session starts. Cancellations within 24 hours will be subject to a full charge.
Low Enrollment Cancellation: Clinic will run
Open Play (9:30am Off-Peak)Join others and play matches in a fun, social, and/or competitive environment. Stack your paddles in a line at the court you choose to play. There will be challenge courts (ie. winner stays on) and regular courts (4 on 4 off) for a variety of skill levels. We do not restrict our open sessions to a specific skill level - all levels are welcome. Please note, these sessions do not include balls or paddles. We separately offer paddles for rent, and balls for sale.
Cancellation/No-Show/Late Policy
Full refunds will be offered as club credits if you cancel at least 24 hours prior to event start time - no refunds for cancellations within 24 hours.
If you don't show up, and don't let us know ahead of time, we will remove you from all future open play sessions that you signed up for. This is to prevent people from doing "bulk signups" to reserve their slot and then not showing up. If you are unable to attend, you can always cancel or reschedule 24 hours prior to the event in your CourtReserve account (please cancel it yourself online, as emailing or calling us to cancel beyond the 24 hour deadline does not guarantee a successful cancellation because we may not get to your request in time). If you need to cancel due to an emergency within 24 hours of the starting time, emailing us at [email protected] is the best way to let us know.
If you come to an open play, please stay for at least half the session in order to avoid being counted as a "no-show". We are noticing that some people are booking two consecutive weekday sessions from 5:30pm - 10:30pm, then show up after 7pm when the majority of the 5:30pm session is already over. This is unfair to the many people on the waitlist who would have shown up much earlier and played the whole session.
If you are running more than 15 minutes late to the session, please let us know via email ([email protected]), or we will give your spot to someone else. Often times, we have people who are at the club already waiting for a spot, but people show up late, and we are unable to let them have the spot.
We hope this policy will reduce the number of no-shows, as we know that many people want to attend the open play. Please let us know if you have any questions or concerns.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Pre-Register: ACDMY | Exp Beginner OR Intermediate | FridaysPKLYN Experienced Beginner or Intermediate ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Fridays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 17
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to Experienced Beginner and Intermediate players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
Experienced Beginner
You’re past the basics and ready to build strategy and shot selection.
You understand scoring, positioning, and core rules
You’re developing consistency on serves, returns, and dinks
Volleys, resets, and third shots are still in progress
Recommended for players who have moved beyond intro classes and feel comfortable in Experienced Beginner or Intermediate open play.
Intermediate
You play with intention and are developing a complete game.
You serve and return with purpose
You use the kitchen strategically
You can sustain dink rallies and identify attackable balls
You’re learning to reset and defend under pressure
Recommended for players who are comfortable in Intermediate open play and want more confidence with drops, volleys, and handling pace-heavy players.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
Intermediate Community Clinic brought to you by Mount SinaiImprove your skills and boost your spirits with this one-hour community clinic brought to you courtesy of Mount Sinai Health System.
Our Intermediate Clinic is geared towards players who have mastered the fundamentals and are looking to take their game to the next level.
You’ll work on court positioning, strategy, skill development, and teamwork.
Program Details:
Four players per court
One instructor
60-minute session
Free paddle rental included
Price: $20
Cancellation Policy: Full refund until 24 hours before the session starts. No-shows or cancellations within 24 hours are subject to a
Beginner+ Community Clinic brought to you by Mount Sinai Health CareImprove your skills and boost your spirits with this one-hour community clinic brought to you courtesy of Mount Sinai Health Care.
Our Beginner+ Community Clinic is geared towards players who know the basics and are looking to improve their game.
You will build your foundational skills, drill, and play games!
Program Details:
Four players per court
60-minute session
Free paddle rental included
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Junior Summer Camp (July 27 - July 31)Junior Summer Camp for Kids Ages 9-15
Proper attire required with sneakers
Bring a water bottle. Refill station is available
Bring snacks that are peanuts free
Pickleball paddles will be provided
Daily Camp Structure
Warm-up & agility games
Pickleball skills and drills
Snack / rest break
Game Play
Creative activities (chess, painting pickleballs, etc.)
Pre-Register: ACDMY | Exp Beginner OR Intermediate | FridaysPKLYN Experienced Beginner or Intermediate ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Fridays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 17
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to Experienced Beginner and Intermediate players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
Experienced Beginner
You’re past the basics and ready to build strategy and shot selection.
You understand scoring, positioning, and core rules
You’re developing consistency on serves, returns, and dinks
Volleys, resets, and third shots are still in progress
Recommended for players who have moved beyond intro classes and feel comfortable in Experienced Beginner or Intermediate open play.
Intermediate
You play with intention and are developing a complete game.
You serve and return with purpose
You use the kitchen strategically
You can sustain dink rallies and identify attackable balls
You’re learning to reset and defend under pressure
Recommended for players who are comfortable in Intermediate open play and want more confidence with drops, volleys, and handling pace-heavy players.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
Open Play (1pm Off-Peak)Join others and play matches in a fun, social, and/or competitive environment. Stack your paddles in a line at the court you choose to play. There will be challenge courts (ie. winner stays on) and regular courts (4 on 4 off) for a variety of skill levels. We do not restrict our open sessions to a specific skill level - all levels are welcome. Please note, these sessions do not include balls or paddles. We separately offer paddles for rent, and balls for sale.
Cancellation/No-Show/Late Policy
Full refunds will be offered as club credits if you cancel at least 24 hours prior to event start time - no refunds for cancellations within 24 hours.
If you don't show up, and don't let us know ahead of time, we will remove you from all future open play sessions that you signed up for. This is to prevent people from doing "bulk signups" to reserve their slot and then not showing up. If you are unable to attend, you can always cancel or reschedule 24 hours prior to the event in your CourtReserve account (please cancel it yourself online, as emailing or calling us to cancel beyond the 24 hour deadline does not guarantee a successful cancellation because we may not get to your request in time). If you need to cancel due to an emergency within 24 hours of the starting time, emailing us at [email protected] is the best way to let us know.
If you come to an open play, please stay for at least half the session in order to avoid being counted as a "no-show". We are noticing that some people are booking two consecutive weekday sessions from 5:30pm - 10:30pm, then show up after 7pm when the majority of the 5:30pm session is already over. This is unfair to the many people on the waitlist who would have shown up much earlier and played the whole session.
If you are running more than 15 minutes late to the session, please let us know via email ([email protected]), or we will give your spot to someone else. Often times, we have people who are at the club already waiting for a spot, but people show up late, and we are unable to let them have the spot.
We hope this policy will reduce the number of no-shows, as we know that many people want to attend the open play. Please let us know if you have any questions or concerns.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Pre-Register: ACDMY | High Int OR Advanced | FridaysPKLYN High Intermediate or Advanced ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Fridays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 17
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to High Intermediate and Advanced players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
High Intermediate
Typical DUPR: 3.3+
Play with pace and anticipation.
Control direction and tempo during dink exchanges.
Defend speed-ups and transition effectively.
Attack out of the air when opportunities arise.
Understand positioning, targeting, and point construction.
Recommended for players who regularly compete in higher-level open play or leagues and want to improve consistency, decision-making, and execution under pressure.
Advanced
Typical DUPR: 3.75+
Play a disciplined, high-level game.
Dictate points through placement, pressure, and patience.
Handle fast hands exchanges and extended dink battles.
Value structure, repetition, and high-quality reps.
Recommended for players who compete at the top of PKLYN High Intermediate or within Advanced Open Play and are focused on refining execution, strategy, and tournament performance.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
Open Play (3pm Off-Peak)Join others and play matches in a fun, social, and/or competitive environment. Stack your paddles in a line at the court you choose to play. There will be challenge courts (ie. winner stays on) and regular courts (4 on 4 off) for a variety of skill levels. We do not restrict our open sessions to a specific skill level - all levels are welcome. Please note, these sessions do not include balls or paddles. We separately offer paddles for rent, and balls for sale.
Cancellation/No-Show/Late Policy
Full refunds will be offered as club credits if you cancel at least 24 hours prior to event start time - no refunds for cancellations within 24 hours.
If you don't show up, and don't let us know ahead of time, we will remove you from all future open play sessions that you signed up for. This is to prevent people from doing "bulk signups" to reserve their slot and then not showing up. If you are unable to attend, you can always cancel or reschedule 24 hours prior to the event in your CourtReserve account (please cancel it yourself online, as emailing or calling us to cancel beyond the 24 hour deadline does not guarantee a successful cancellation because we may not get to your request in time). If you need to cancel due to an emergency within 24 hours of the starting time, emailing us at [email protected] is the best way to let us know.
If you come to an open play, please stay for at least half the session in order to avoid being counted as a "no-show". We are noticing that some people are booking two consecutive weekday sessions from 5:30pm - 10:30pm, then show up after 7pm when the majority of the 5:30pm session is already over. This is unfair to the many people on the waitlist who would have shown up much earlier and played the whole session.
If you are running more than 15 minutes late to the session, please let us know via email ([email protected]), or we will give your spot to someone else. Often times, we have people who are at the club already waiting for a spot, but people show up late, and we are unable to let them have the spot.
We hope this policy will reduce the number of no-shows, as we know that many people want to attend the open play. Please let us know if you have any questions or concerns.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Pre-Register: ACDMY | High Int OR Advanced | FridaysPKLYN High Intermediate or Advanced ACDMY
Members: $400 | Non-Members: $500
No processing fees when paying by eCheck.
Member Benefit: Priority placement is given to Premium Members.
View full member benefits here.
Program Overview
The PKLYN ACDMY is a 6-week intensive designed for experienced players who want consistent coaching, purposeful repetition, and measurable improvement over time.
Each week focuses on a specific skill. The first hour is dedicated to instruction and drilling, while the second hour is spent applying those skills in live, coach-guided play.
Each academy consists of 4 players and 1 coach, maintaining a maximum 4:1 player-to-coach ratio.
Schedule
Fridays for 6 weeks
Two-hour sessions
Begins July 17
Registration & Group Placement
Please Read Before Registering
All registrations are pending approval until groups are finalized 7 days before the start date.
This ACDMY is initially open to High Intermediate and Advanced players. After registration closes, each session will be assigned one final level based on the overall registration pool. Sessions will not be mixed-level.
How to Register
Pre-register for every eligible session that fits your level and works for your schedule. This gives us more flexibility when forming groups and increases your chances of being placed.
Registering for multiple sessions does not mean you're enrolling in multiple ACDMYs. Unless you tell us otherwise, we'll place you in one 6-week academy.
How We Build Groups
Our goal is to place every player in the environment where they'll improve the most.
Group placement considers:
Your availability
Your self-selected level
Our firsthand experience coaching you
DUPR rating and competitive experience
Pre-registration does not guarantee placement. While we can't accommodate every registrant, we do our best to place as many players as possible in a group that's the right fit.
Sometimes you'll be one of the stronger players in your group. Sometimes you'll be one of the weaker players. Either way, our curriculum and coaching are designed to help every player improve.
When Will I Be Charged?
You will not be charged when you pre-register.
Once groups are finalized, approximately 7 days before the program begins, approved participants will receive their placement and be charged.
If your availability changes, please remove yourself from any session more than 7 days before the start date to avoid being charged.
Level Descriptions
High Intermediate
Typical DUPR: 3.3+
Play with pace and anticipation.
Control direction and tempo during dink exchanges.
Defend speed-ups and transition effectively.
Attack out of the air when opportunities arise.
Understand positioning, targeting, and point construction.
Recommended for players who regularly compete in higher-level open play or leagues and want to improve consistency, decision-making, and execution under pressure.
Advanced
Typical DUPR: 3.75+
Play a disciplined, high-level game.
Dictate points through placement, pressure, and patience.
Handle fast hands exchanges and extended dink battles.
Value structure, repetition, and high-quality reps.
Recommended for players who compete at the top of PKLYN High Intermediate or within Advanced Open Play and are focused on refining execution, strategy, and tournament performance.
Note: Many players repeat the same ACDMY level more than once. While the core principles remain consistent, every academy evolves based on the players in the group, making each session a unique experience.
Refund & Cancellation Policy
Cancellations made at least 120 hours (5 days) before the first session are eligible for account credit (less applicable credit card processing fees).
There are no prorated refunds for missed sessions.
If PKLYN cancels the program, participants receive a full refund to their original payment method within 3–5 business days.
If you cannot attend, you may transfer your spot to another player of a similar level with prior approval from PKLYN.
Late cancellations and no-shows are charged in full.
Tune-up Series with Coach VanTune-Up Series with Coach Van (3 weeks, 2.75+)
Note: we recommend signing up for this series with a partner. If you do not have a partner but are interested in the series, please email [email protected] and we will help you find someone.
Control the Rally | Point ConstructionBuild a better understanding of how to control points with intention.This 3-session Tune-Up combines drilling + guided play to help players connect shots, recognize patterns, and make better decisions during real gameplay.Players will work through all areas of the court:
Baseline control
Transition (mid court)
Net play and finishing
The series introduces simple concepts like Serve + 1 and Return + 1, helping players understand how one shot sets up the next. Led by Coach Van, this approach draws from a tennis background to simplify point construction and help players better understand cause and effect during rallies.
Who This Is For
Fixed partners with DUPR 2.75–3.5
Players looking to improve rally awareness and decision-making
Players with consistent fundamentals, tennis background, and good mobility
Players ready to move beyond isolated drills and learn how to build points in real play (edited)
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior to the first class.
Queer Pickle Open PlayJoin us for our Queer Pickleball Open Play!
Designed to welcome players of all levels, Queer Pickleball will be a social open play, with opportunities to mingle, chat, and play with a variety of players. This Open Play will be hosted to facilitate the rotation and a positive court experience.
Program Details:
Attendance will be capped at 8:1 player to court ratio
Games played first to 11 or capped at 15 minutes
Court shoes required
Cancellation Policy: Full refund until 24 hours before the session starts. No-shows or cancellations within 24 hours are subject to a full charge.
Low Sign Up Cancel: Open Play sessions may be cancelled up to 3 hours prior if there are not at least four (4) sign ups. You will not be charged and will be notified of the cancellation.
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Intro to PickleballWho Should Join
This clinic is perfect for complete beginners or anyone who's only played a handful of times. No experience necessary, just bring comfortable athletic clothes and court shoes. We'll provide the paddles and balls.
What You'll Learn
We'll cover all the fundamentals to get you playing confidently: basic rules and scoring, proper grip and paddle positioning, serving and returning, groundstrokes from the baseline, and an introduction to the kitchen (non-volley zone). By the end of the session, you'll understand the flow of the game and be ready to jump into open play.
Clinic Structure
The session combines brief demonstrations, guided drilling, and live play so you can immediately apply what you're learning. Our coach keeps things fun and low-pressure while making sure you walk away with a solid foundation.
What to Bring
Athletic shoes, water, and a positive attitude. Paddles are provided, but feel free to bring your own if you have one.
Questions?
Email [email protected] or message Shaggy directly in the PodPlay community chat.
Beginner Drill for 60, Play for 30 Coach GuidedBeginner Drill for 60, Play for 30 Coach Guided
Spend the first hour in structured, coach-led drilling designed to sharpen your game. You'll work through consistency, shot placement, team communication, and live-point patterns alongside your crew in a focused, high-rep environment.
The second hour is all open play. Take everything you just drilled and put it to the test in real matchups, rotating partners, and relaxed competitive flow.
It's the ideal format for players who want purposeful practice without sacrificing the fun: competitive, social, and built to make you better.
Lounge Access: Feel free to hangout and enjoy the off-court facility for the same duration as your reservation.
Check-In: Please arrive on time so we can begin promptly and check-in when entering the building. Late fees may apply for those who arrive more than 10 min late.
Cleanliness Policy: At Velto we want you to feel at home, so we ask you to please treat it as such. We have made sure to make Velto a place where you can relax and have fun at the same time. So please avoid leaving the balls and trash scattered around the facility after your session. There are ball baskets and trash bins around the courts and lounges for your convenience.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund when you cancel 12+ hours before the start of your session.
Low Enrollment Cancellation: We will cancel sessions that do not have a minimum of 3 players 2 hours before the event start time. You will not be charged and will receive a notice of the cancellation via email.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Clinic Series - Path to Intermediate Level 2Clinic Series (7 classes) - Path to Intermediate, Level 2
The Level 2 Path to Intermediate clinic series is designed for players who have several months of pickleball experience, have participated in open plays at the advanced beginner or low intermediate level, and are looking to progress to a higher level of play. Each class in the series will focus on one of the 6 key elements of the RPO 101 program: Dinking, Volleys, the 3rd Shot Drop, Serving, Driving, and Groundstroke, but will approach the skills from a more advanced starting point than the Level 1 Path to Intermediate series. The final half hour of the class will transition to supervised games so that participants have an opportunity to apply the skills in a competitive scenario.
During the final week, the instructor will perform a DUPR assessment for all members of the class and provide you with a provisional DUPR rating (if you don’t have one already)
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Clinic Series - Path to Intermediate Level 1Clinic Series (7 classes) - Path to Intermediate, Level 1
The Level 1 Path to Intermediate clinic series is designed for players who have completed an Intro to Pickleball class and are looking to progress to an intermediate level of play. Each class in the series will focus on one of the 6 key elements of the RPO 101 program: Dinking, Volleys, the 3rd Shot Drop, Serving, Driving, and Groundstroke. The final half hour of the class will transition to supervised games so that participants have an opportunity to apply the skills in a competitive scenario.
During the final week, the instructor will perform a DUPR assessment for all members of the class and provide you with a provisional DUPR rating (if you don’t have one already)
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior to the first class.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Adaptive Pickleball Clinic (All Ages) - 6 Weeks ClinicAdaptive Pickleball - Inclusion, Fitness & Social Engagement
The Standard Game is modified to teach people with physical, cognitive and developmental challenges.
6-Weeks Session
Age: 9+
Level: All Levels
Paddles will be provided
Intermediate Drills Training60 Minute Drills Training
Series of drills to improve skills
Build muscle memory
Reflex challenge
In this session, players will engage in reaction-based exercises aimed at improving quick decision-making and on-court anticipation. These exercises simulate real match scenarios, encouraging participants to adapt their tactics under pressure and further refine their technique. The drills are designed to reinforce muscle memory, enhance strategic shot-making, and prepare players for more competitive play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Clinic - Women's Path to 4.0 with Coach AllenClinic Series (6 classes) - Path to 4.0 Level 1
This clinic series is designed for players who currently play at an Intermediate capability and are seeking the skills to progress to the 4.0 level. Each class in the series will focus on one of the 6 key elements of the RPO 201 program: Dinking, Volleys, the 3rd Shot Drop, Serving, Driving, and Groundstroke. The final half hour of the class will transition to supervised games so that participants have an opportunity to apply the skills in a competitive scenario.
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior t
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Skills & DrillsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner / Low Intermediate level (2.5-3.2)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Junior Summer Session - AugustWhen: - Aug 3rd - Aug 6th (9AM - 12PM)
Join us for The Picklr Junior Summer Sessions! A fun, high-energy, weeklong pickleball experience built for junior players 8-18 who already know the basics and are ready to level up.
Running Monday through Thursday, these sessions mix skill-building, live gameplay, and real-time coaching in a positive, encouraging environment. Each day introduces a new focus and builds on the day before, helping players grow their confidence, sharpen their skills, and finish the week playing their best pickleball, all while having a blast on court.
Format
4-day camp (Monday–Thursday)
3 hours per day (12 total hours)
Players register based on time availability, not age
Pricing (Full Week Registration Only)
Members: $149
Non-Members: $199
All participants receive:
A T-shirt - Code provided after registration
A Certificate of Completion
Daily Skill Themes
Each day focuses on a specific skill that builds throughout the week:
Monday: Touch & Control
Tuesday: Energy & Power
Wednesday: Footwork & Agility
Thursday: Placement & Targets
Skills are introduced through drills and applied through gameplay, helping players see real improvement by the end of the week.
Who This Is For
Junior players ages 8–18
Players who already understand basic rules, scoring, and court positioning
Not recommended for brand-new beginners
Skill Grouping & Player Experience
Parents simply register their child and note a suggested skill level at checkout
Coaches handle all grouping once the sessions begin
Players are placed into small skill-based groups and may move between groups as skills develop
Age differences may exist when skill levels are similar and are managed carefully by coaches
The goal is to create a fun, challenging, and supportive experience for every player.
Coaching & Feedback
Sessions are led by experienced Picklr coaches
Players receive live feedback, encouragement, and recognition throughout the week
Each day includes a fun, game-style Wingfield challenge to help track improvement and celebrate progress
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 1 week in advance to receive a refund or credit
Full-week registration required (no single-day attendance)
Why Register?
Build real skills in a short, focused format
Play more games with coaching guidance
Learn in a fun, high-energy environment
Leave with confidence, improvement, and momentum to keep playing
Velto Junior AcademyVelto Junior Academy is designed for players ages 10–17, whether they're picking up a paddle for the first time or already have experience on the court. Players will be grouped by age and skill level to ensure everyone is challenged and having fun.
Newer players will learn the fundamentals of pickleball, including the rules, scoring, basic techniques, and court positioning, before jumping into fun, carnival-style mini games and supervised match play.
More experienced players will dive into live drills, competitive mini games, coached open play, and fast-paced live ball games that keep everyone active while developing strategy, consistency, and confidence.
Throughout the week, all players will receive personalized coaching and expert tips designed to help them improve quickly and build confidence on the court.
Every day of camp features a new mix of games, drills, challenges, and activities, so there's always something fresh, exciting, and fun to look forward to. We'll wrap up the week with a tournament and skills challenge, giving players the chance to showcase everything they've learned and celebrate the progress they've made.
Above all, the Junior Academy is a chance for kids to discover pickleball, improve their game, make new friends, and have an awesome time at Velto.
As a thank you for joining us, every participant will receive a special surprise to celebrate being part of Velto's very first Junior Academy!
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
Beginner Clinic 103Beginner 103: Drills & Play
This 60-minute session is designed to help players gain confidence on the court through a combination of stroke-specific drills and guided play.
A combination of stroke-specific drills, including deep serves, deep returns, drops, volleys, and dinks, followed by guided play
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Intermediate DrillsIntermediate Drills
60-minute session to build on foundational skills and introduce advanced strategies:
Focusing on shot placement, spin techniques, and defensive maneuvers,
This session is designed to challenge players and expand their understanding of court dynamics, developing situational awareness and adaptability.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
P-Series - P1 - Foundation
Fair Lawn | The PICKLR
P-Series - P1 - Foundation
The P1 Foundation program is designed to introduce players to the core fundamentals of pickleball. It serves as the starting point for new members, ensuring they develop a solid understanding of the game. This program provides structured lessons, skill assessments, and guided practice to help players build confidence and competence in pickleball.
Cost:
Members: $20 (Free with booking pass)
Non-Members: $40
Note: Academy classes are designed for 8 players across 2 courts. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be cancelled and booking passes/credits will be refunded if applicable.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy: Cancellations must be made at least 24 hours in advance. Late cancellations or no-shows may incur a $10 fee.
Suggested Rating: 3.5
Very important: Members please use the booking pass option during checkout if you still have booking passes available in your account. We will not be able to refund you if you chose to pay for the session when you have booking passes available.
Play With a Pro +3 Rising Intermediate 3.0 (1.5 hrs)Play with a Pro (1.5 hour): 3 Participants will play out points/games with the coach playing in. Each session will have a specific focus (e.g. court position; shot patterns) but feedback on all aspects of the game will be given throughout the session. This enables students to learn real time what they can do to improve their game and to better understand what might be holding them back. This works best if people sign up for the right level and/or with others they know are at a similar level as them.
Recommended rating to join this session is 2.8-3.3
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
Junior Summer CampJunior Summer Camp for Kids Ages 9-15
Proper attire required with sneakers
Bring a water bottle. Refill station is available
Bring snacks that are peanuts free
Pickleball paddles will be provided
Daily Camp Structure
Warm-up & agility games
Pickleball skills and drills
Snack / rest break
Game Play
Creative activities (chess, painting pickleballs, etc.)
Adult Level Up 5 Days Bootcamp - Level Up from 2.5 to 3.0Tired of hitting the same ceiling? It’s time to elevate your game
Level Up Bootcamps are designed to help players breakthrough and compete harder
In this 2.5 to 3.0 bootcamp, we will cover
Understand the importance of getting to the kitchen line quickly and effectively. Many players at this level spend too much time stuck in the transition zone instead of advancing to the net.
Develop consistency by keeping serves and returns in play with confidence and control.
Improve ready position fundamentals by keeping the paddle up at the kitchen line and learning to react effectively on volleys.
Build rally consistency by sustaining 4–6 shot exchanges regularly during gameplay.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Low Intermediate Drills & PlayLow Intermediate Drills & Guided Play
Structured practice exercises and drills designed to work on:
Shot consistency/muscle memory
Paddle and Shot Control
Court and Shot Positoning
These activities are tailored to help players transition from basic skills to more advanced techniques, focusing on both individual improvement and teamwork. Emphasis will be placed on understanding shot selection and building confidence in making decisions during play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
Play with Pro with IanPlay alongside a pro in a fun, interactive session while receiving real-time coaching, strategy tips, and personalized feedback.
Duration: 60 minutes
Age: Age 16+
Levels: High Intermediate, Intermediate
HIGH Intermediate Drills60 minute Drills Training
Series of Drills to improve skills
Build muscle memory
Reflex challenge
In addition, players will engage in reaction-based exercises designed to heighten your quick decision-making and on-court anticipation. These exercises are intended to simulate real match scenarios, pushing participants to adapt their tactics under pressure and further refine their technique.
We will work on a series of drills that will help reinforce muscle memory, improve strategic shot-making, and prepare players for more competitive play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
LADIES ONLY Intermediate Drills & Play!Intermediate Drills & Guided Play
90-minute session to build on foundational skills and introduce advanced strategies:
45 minutes of drills focusing on shot placement, spin techniques, and defensive maneuvers,
45 minutes of guided play with tactical coaching
This session is designed to challenge players and expand their understanding of court dynamics, developing situational awareness and adaptability. Participants will have opportunities to practice advanced rallies and receive targeted feedback to enhance their performance.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Low Intermediate Drills & PlayLow Intermediate Drills & Guided Play
Structured practice exercises and drills designed to work on:
Shot consistency/muscle memory
Paddle and Shot Control
Court and Shot Positoning
These activities are tailored to help players transition from basic skills to more advanced techniques, focusing on both individual improvement and teamwork. Emphasis will be placed on understanding shot selection and building confidence in making decisions during play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Intermediate Drills & PlayIntermediate Drills & Guided Play
90-minute session to build on foundational skills and introduce advanced strategies:
45 minutes of drills focusing on shot placement, spin techniques, and defensive maneuvers,
45 minutes of guided play with tactical coaching
This session is designed to challenge players and expand their understanding of court dynamics, developing situational awareness and adaptability. Participants will have opportunities to practice advanced rallies and receive targeted feedback to enhance their performance.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
[BEGINNER] Coach Guided Open PlayHave a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Beginner Clinic 103Beginner 103: Drills & Play
This 60-minute session is designed to help players gain confidence on the court through a combination of stroke-specific drills and guided play.
A combination of stroke-specific drills, including deep serves, deep returns, drops, volleys, and dinks, followed by guided play
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
[BEGINNER] Coach Guided Open PlayHave a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
Play w/ the Pro - High IntermediatePro + 3
This session offers 60 or 90 minutes of game play with a Pro. Each player will have the opportunity to partner with the instructor for competitive play and gain insight into what is needed to advance to the next level. Players will rotate after each game, and the Pro will provide detailed feedback to their partner on each play.
High Intermediate Drills & Play
Series of drills to improve skills
Build muscle memory
Reflex challenge
Challenge Play
In this session, players will engage in reaction-based exercises aimed at improving quick decision-making and on-court anticipation. These exercises simulate real match scenarios, encouraging participants to adapt their tactics under pressure and further refine their technique. The drills are designed to reinforce muscle memory, enhance strategic shot-making, and prepare players for more competitive play. The last half hour of the session focuses on implementing these skills in practical situations.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Velto Junior AcademyVelto Junior Academy is for both newer and more seasoned players between the ages of 10 to 17. Kids will be broken up by Age & Skill Level.
Kids without experience will learn the basics (how to play, how to score, basic techniques) before entering into carnival - style fun pickleball mini games and real games.
More advanced kids will hop right into an open play with live coaching and guidance, as well as fast-paced live ball games to ensure everyone’s always getting in on the fun.
The program is an opportunity for kids to be introduced to pickleball at Velto, make friends, and have a blast.
All kids will also be given a surprise at the end of the event for being a part of the first junior Clinic at Velto.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
Junior Summer Session - AugustWhen: - Aug 3rd - Aug 6th (9AM - 12PM)
Join us for The Picklr Junior Summer Sessions! A fun, high-energy, weeklong pickleball experience built for junior players 8-18 who already know the basics and are ready to level up.
Running Monday through Thursday, these sessions mix skill-building, live gameplay, and real-time coaching in a positive, encouraging environment. Each day introduces a new focus and builds on the day before, helping players grow their confidence, sharpen their skills, and finish the week playing their best pickleball, all while having a blast on court.
Format
4-day camp (Monday–Thursday)
3 hours per day (12 total hours)
Players register based on time availability, not age
Pricing (Full Week Registration Only)
Members: $149
Non-Members: $199
All participants receive:
A T-shirt - Code provided after registration
A Certificate of Completion
Daily Skill Themes
Each day focuses on a specific skill that builds throughout the week:
Monday: Touch & Control
Tuesday: Energy & Power
Wednesday: Footwork & Agility
Thursday: Placement & Targets
Skills are introduced through drills and applied through gameplay, helping players see real improvement by the end of the week.
Who This Is For
Junior players ages 8–18
Players who already understand basic rules, scoring, and court positioning
Not recommended for brand-new beginners
Skill Grouping & Player Experience
Parents simply register their child and note a suggested skill level at checkout
Coaches handle all grouping once the sessions begin
Players are placed into small skill-based groups and may move between groups as skills develop
Age differences may exist when skill levels are similar and are managed carefully by coaches
The goal is to create a fun, challenging, and supportive experience for every player.
Coaching & Feedback
Sessions are led by experienced Picklr coaches
Players receive live feedback, encouragement, and recognition throughout the week
Each day includes a fun, game-style Wingfield challenge to help track improvement and celebrate progress
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 1 week in advance to receive a refund or credit
Full-week registration required (no single-day attendance)
Why Register?
Build real skills in a short, focused format
Play more games with coaching guidance
Learn in a fun, high-energy environment
Leave with confidence, improvement, and momentum to keep playing
NEW- Build Your Own Pro+3 - 90minsBuild Your Own Pro+3
Customize your Pro+3 by selecting the players and and skill areas on which you'd like pointers.
Just tell your friends to register or add guests.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Intermediate Drills Training60 Minute Drills Training
Series of drills to improve skills
Build muscle memory
Reflex challenge
In this session, players will engage in reaction-based exercises aimed at improving quick decision-making and on-court anticipation. These exercises simulate real match scenarios, encouraging participants to adapt their tactics under pressure and further refine their technique. The drills are designed to reinforce muscle memory, enhance strategic shot-making, and prepare players for more competitive play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Junior Summer CampJunior Summer Camp for Kids Ages 9-15
Proper attire required with sneakers
Bring a water bottle. Refill station is available
Bring snacks that are peanuts free
Pickleball paddles will be provided
Daily Camp Structure
Warm-up & agility games
Pickleball skills and drills
Snack / rest break
Game Play
Creative activities (chess, painting pickleballs, etc.)
Adult Level Up 5 Days Bootcamp - Level Up from 2.5 to 3.0Tired of hitting the same ceiling? It’s time to elevate your game
Level Up Bootcamps are designed to help players breakthrough and compete harder
In this 2.5 to 3.0 bootcamp, we will cover
Understand the importance of getting to the kitchen line quickly and effectively. Many players at this level spend too much time stuck in the transition zone instead of advancing to the net.
Develop consistency by keeping serves and returns in play with confidence and control.
Improve ready position fundamentals by keeping the paddle up at the kitchen line and learning to react effectively on volleys.
Build rally consistency by sustaining 4–6 shot exchanges regularly during gameplay.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Beginner Drills & Guided PlayBeginner Advanced Drills & Guided Play
90-minute session to take you to the next level:
45 minutes of drills
45 minutes of guided play
Learn and drill the required shots to advance your game
Learn effective movement on the court
Learn rules and play the game
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Intermediate Drills Training60 minute Drills Training - by level
Series of Drills to improve skills
Build muscle memory
Reflex challenge
In addition, players will engage in reaction-based exercises designed to heighten your quick decision-making and on-court anticipation. These exercises are intended to simulate real match scenarios, pushing participants to adapt their tactics under pressure and further refine their technique.
We will work on a series of drills that will help reinforce muscle memory, improve strategic shot-making, and prepare players for more competitive play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Play With a Pro +3 Rising Intermediate 3.0 (1.5 hrs)Play with a Pro (1.5 hour): 3 Participants will play out points/games with the coach playing in. Each session will have a specific focus (e.g. court position; shot patterns) but feedback on all aspects of the game will be given throughout the session. This enables students to learn real time what they can do to improve their game and to better understand what might be holding them back. This works best if people sign up for the right level and/or with others they know are at a similar level as them.
Recommended rating to join this session is 2.8-3.3
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Beginner Clinic 102Beginner 102: Skills & Drills
60-minute session designed to improve and build upon skills learned in the Beginner 101 Clinic.
Clinic focuses on:
Groundstrokes
Dinking
Punch volleys
Court presence and serves
During this clinic, participants will engage in a variety of skill-building exercises that emphasize both technique refinement and understanding of game. The session will include interactive drills, partner activities, and live-play scenarios to encourage active learning and provide real-time feedback.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Low Intermediated Drills Beginner Advanced: Drills & Guided Play
60-minute session to gain confidence on the court:
A combination of stroke-specific drills, deep serves, deep returns, drops, volleys and dinks, followed by guided play
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
P-Series - Skills and DrillsThe P-Series Skills & Drills clinic provides players with structured opportunities to reinforce and refine their technique. These sessions focus on enhancing consistency, precision, and strategic play through targeted drills.
Cost:
Members & Non-Members: $45
Note: Skills & Drills classes are offered with 4 or 8 players to maintain the ideal coaching environment.
A minimum of 4 players is required to run the clinic.
If fewer than 4 players are registered 24 hours before the start time, the class may be canceled, and any applicable credits or payments will be refunded.
If 6 players are registered, the session will automatically be converted to P3 – Play with a Pro, providing a smaller group experience with more individualized coaching.
Once the class is converted to P3 – Play with a Pro, the clinic price will be adjusted to the current P3 – Play with a Pro rate.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy: Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. Late cancellations
Velto Junior AcademyVelto Junior Academy is for both newer and more seasoned players between the ages of 10 to 17. Kids will be broken up by Age & Skill Level.
Kids without experience will learn the basics (how to play, how to score, basic techniques) before entering into carnival - style fun pickleball mini games and real games.
More advanced kids will hop right into an open play with live coaching and guidance, as well as fast-paced live ball games to ensure everyone’s always getting in on the fun.
The program is an opportunity for kids to be introduced to pickleball at Velto, make friends, and have a blast.
All kids will also be given a surprise at the end of the event for being a part of the first junior Clinic at Velto.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
Junior Summer Session - AugustWhen: - Aug 3rd - Aug 6th (9AM - 12PM)
Join us for The Picklr Junior Summer Sessions! A fun, high-energy, weeklong pickleball experience built for junior players 8-18 who already know the basics and are ready to level up.
Running Monday through Thursday, these sessions mix skill-building, live gameplay, and real-time coaching in a positive, encouraging environment. Each day introduces a new focus and builds on the day before, helping players grow their confidence, sharpen their skills, and finish the week playing their best pickleball, all while having a blast on court.
Format
4-day camp (Monday–Thursday)
3 hours per day (12 total hours)
Players register based on time availability, not age
Pricing (Full Week Registration Only)
Members: $149
Non-Members: $199
All participants receive:
A T-shirt - Code provided after registration
A Certificate of Completion
Daily Skill Themes
Each day focuses on a specific skill that builds throughout the week:
Monday: Touch & Control
Tuesday: Energy & Power
Wednesday: Footwork & Agility
Thursday: Placement & Targets
Skills are introduced through drills and applied through gameplay, helping players see real improvement by the end of the week.
Who This Is For
Junior players ages 8–18
Players who already understand basic rules, scoring, and court positioning
Not recommended for brand-new beginners
Skill Grouping & Player Experience
Parents simply register their child and note a suggested skill level at checkout
Coaches handle all grouping once the sessions begin
Players are placed into small skill-based groups and may move between groups as skills develop
Age differences may exist when skill levels are similar and are managed carefully by coaches
The goal is to create a fun, challenging, and supportive experience for every player.
Coaching & Feedback
Sessions are led by experienced Picklr coaches
Players receive live feedback, encouragement, and recognition throughout the week
Each day includes a fun, game-style Wingfield challenge to help track improvement and celebrate progress
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 1 week in advance to receive a refund or credit
Full-week registration required (no single-day attendance)
Why Register?
Build real skills in a short, focused format
Play more games with coaching guidance
Learn in a fun, high-energy environment
Leave with confidence, improvement, and momentum to keep playing
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With A Pro 3.0 - 3.5Ready to move up to the High Intermediate 3.5+ level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Junior Summer CampJunior Summer Camp for Kids Ages 9-15
Proper attire required with sneakers
Bring a water bottle. Refill station is available
Bring snacks that are peanuts free
Pickleball paddles will be provided
Daily Camp Structure
Warm-up & agility games
Pickleball skills and drills
Snack / rest break
Game Play
Creative activities (chess, painting pickleballs, etc.)
Adult Level Up 5 Days Bootcamp - Level Up from 2.5 to 3.0Tired of hitting the same ceiling? It’s time to elevate your game
Level Up Bootcamps are designed to help players breakthrough and compete harder
In this 2.5 to 3.0 bootcamp, we will cover
Understand the importance of getting to the kitchen line quickly and effectively. Many players at this level spend too much time stuck in the transition zone instead of advancing to the net.
Develop consistency by keeping serves and returns in play with confidence and control.
Improve ready position fundamentals by keeping the paddle up at the kitchen line and learning to react effectively on volleys.
Build rally consistency by sustaining 4–6 shot exchanges regularly during gameplay.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
NEW - PARTNER STRATEGY ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
HIGH Intermediate Drills60 minute Drills Training
Series of Drills to improve skills
Build muscle memory
Reflex challenge
In addition, players will engage in reaction-based exercises designed to heighten your quick decision-making and on-court anticipation. These exercises are intended to simulate real match scenarios, pushing participants to adapt their tactics under pressure and further refine their technique.
We will work on a series of drills that will help reinforce muscle memory, improve strategic shot-making, and prepare players for more competitive play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Junior Training (11-14yrs)- Low IntJunior Program – Five week Pickleball Training Program
This five-week Junior Pickleball Training Program introduces young players to the fundamentals of pickleball in a fun, active, and supportive environment. Players will learn essential skills such as service, groundstrokes, volleys, dinks, scoring, and basic court positioning through structured drills and engaging games.
Each session builds confidence, coordination, and consistency while emphasizing teamwork, sportsmanship, and enjoyment of the game. Designed for beginner to early-intermediate juniors, this program helps players develop strong fundamentals and prepares them for friendly match play – all while having fun on the court.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
4 Week Advanced Beginners ClinicThis 4-week clinic series is for Advanced Beginners who are ready to take their game to the next level.
Clinic Schedule
With our coach and 4 other students, you’ll learn the following:
Week 1. How to forehand/backhand dink
Week 2. How to hit a 3rd shot drop/drive
Week 3. How to volly back and forth.
Week 4. Blocking the 3rd shot drive and countering when in hands battles
Each class will be 1.5 hours long, with a combination of Coach guided drills and demonstrations!
If you were to sign up, it is a commitment to the 4-Week clinic series. If you cannot make a class, please let your coach know before hand.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
[INTERMEDIATE] Coach Guided Open Play (5:30pm)Have a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Intermediate DrillsIntermediate Drills & Guided Play
90-minute session to build on foundational skills and introduce advanced strategies:
45 minutes of drills focusing on shot placement, spin techniques, and defensive maneuvers,
45 minutes of guided play with tactical coaching
This session is designed to challenge players and expand their understanding of court dynamics, developing situational awareness and adaptability. Participants will have opportunities to practice advanced rallies and receive targeted feedback to enhance their performance.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Pickleball coaching for Advanced Intermediate / Advanced trainingExisting trainees receive 10% for enrolling again, call us to receive account credit.
Coaching for Advanced Intermediate / advnaced training for DUPR >=3.5
60 min sessions
4 session package
Continue to hone in on the skills.
Spend dedicated 60 minutes with the coach on the court.
We can also customize a training program as per your needs.
Please feel free to call or speak with the coach during your session.
4 Week Clinic for IntermediateABOUT
This 4-week clinic series is for Intermediate players who are ready to take their game to the next level.
Clinic Schedule
With our coach and 4 other students, you’ll learn the following:
Week 1: how to reliably get to the kitchen (serves, drives, drops, drips, resets)
Week 2: how to stop your opponents getting to the kitchen (returns, 4th shot decision making, drive tolerance, flicks/rolls)
Week 3: How to win once you’re at the kitchen (speedups + dinking patterns)
Week 4: How to be ready for your opponents game plan in the kitchen. (Counters + dinking patterns+ finishing pieces)
Each class will be 1.5 hours long, with a combination of coach-guided drills and demonstrations!
If you were to sign up, it is a commitment to the 4-Week clinic series. If you cannot attend a class, please let your coach know before hand.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
[INTERMEDIATE] Coach Guided Open Play (6:30pm)Have a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Junior Summer Session - AugustWhen: - Aug 3rd - Aug 6th (9AM - 12PM)
Join us for The Picklr Junior Summer Sessions! A fun, high-energy, weeklong pickleball experience built for junior players 8-18 who already know the basics and are ready to level up.
Running Monday through Thursday, these sessions mix skill-building, live gameplay, and real-time coaching in a positive, encouraging environment. Each day introduces a new focus and builds on the day before, helping players grow their confidence, sharpen their skills, and finish the week playing their best pickleball, all while having a blast on court.
Format
4-day camp (Monday–Thursday)
3 hours per day (12 total hours)
Players register based on time availability, not age
Pricing (Full Week Registration Only)
Members: $149
Non-Members: $199
All participants receive:
A T-shirt - Code provided after registration
A Certificate of Completion
Daily Skill Themes
Each day focuses on a specific skill that builds throughout the week:
Monday: Touch & Control
Tuesday: Energy & Power
Wednesday: Footwork & Agility
Thursday: Placement & Targets
Skills are introduced through drills and applied through gameplay, helping players see real improvement by the end of the week.
Who This Is For
Junior players ages 8–18
Players who already understand basic rules, scoring, and court positioning
Not recommended for brand-new beginners
Skill Grouping & Player Experience
Parents simply register their child and note a suggested skill level at checkout
Coaches handle all grouping once the sessions begin
Players are placed into small skill-based groups and may move between groups as skills develop
Age differences may exist when skill levels are similar and are managed carefully by coaches
The goal is to create a fun, challenging, and supportive experience for every player.
Coaching & Feedback
Sessions are led by experienced Picklr coaches
Players receive live feedback, encouragement, and recognition throughout the week
Each day includes a fun, game-style Wingfield challenge to help track improvement and celebrate progress
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 1 week in advance to receive a refund or credit
Full-week registration required (no single-day attendance)
Why Register?
Build real skills in a short, focused format
Play more games with coaching guidance
Learn in a fun, high-energy environment
Leave with confidence, improvement, and momentum to keep playing
Velto Junior AcademyVelto Junior Academy is for both newer and more seasoned players between the ages of 10 to 17. Kids will be broken up by Age & Skill Level.
Kids without experience will learn the basics (how to play, how to score, basic techniques) before entering into carnival - style fun pickleball mini games and real games.
More advanced kids will hop right into an open play with live coaching and guidance, as well as fast-paced live ball games to ensure everyone’s always getting in on the fun.
The program is an opportunity for kids to be introduced to pickleball at Velto, make friends, and have a blast.
All kids will also be given a surprise at the end of the event for being a part of the first junior Clinic at Velto.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
Clinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with StrategyClinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with Strategy
Ever feel like you’re hitting solid shots but still losing points you should be winning? This six-week series will teach you how to play with intention instead of reacting. You’ll learn how to control the point from the serve and return, take command of the kitchen line, and place the ball to create pressure and force errors—so you’re dictating play rather than hoping for a mistake.Prerequisites: You should be able to execute basic shots (serve, return, drive, drop, volley, and dink) with some consistency or have completed Path to Intermediate Level 1. If you are unsure if this series is the right fit, please reach out.Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by theRacket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy:Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior to the first class
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
LADIES ONLY Intermediate Drills Training60-minute Drills Training:
A series of Drills to improve skills
Build muscle memory
Reflex challenge
In addition, players will engage in reaction-based exercises designed to heighten their quick decision-making and on-court anticipation. These exercises are intended to simulate real match scenarios, pushing participants to adapt their tactics under pressure and further refine their technique.
We will work on a series of drills that will help reinforce muscle memory, improve strategic shot-making, and prepare players for more competitive play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Junior Summer CampJunior Summer Camp for Kids Ages 9-15
Proper attire required with sneakers
Bring a water bottle. Refill station is available
Bring snacks that are peanuts free
Pickleball paddles will be provided
Daily Camp Structure
Warm-up & agility games
Pickleball skills and drills
Snack / rest break
Game Play
Creative activities (chess, painting pickleballs, etc.)
Beginner AVANCED Drills & Guided PlayBeginner Advanced Drills & Guided Play
90-minute session to take you to the next level:
45 minutes of drills
45 minutes of guided play
Learn and drill the required shots to advance your game
Learn effective movement on the court
Learn rules and play the game
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Adult Level Up 5 Days Bootcamp - Level Up from 2.5 to 3.0Tired of hitting the same ceiling? It’s time to elevate your game
Level Up Bootcamps are designed to help players breakthrough and compete harder
In this 2.5 to 3.0 bootcamp, we will cover
Understand the importance of getting to the kitchen line quickly and effectively. Many players at this level spend too much time stuck in the transition zone instead of advancing to the net.
Develop consistency by keeping serves and returns in play with confidence and control.
Improve ready position fundamentals by keeping the paddle up at the kitchen line and learning to react effectively on volleys.
Build rally consistency by sustaining 4–6 shot exchanges regularly during gameplay.
Guided Play with Mark & ElaineGuided Play with Mark & Elaine
Age: All Ages
Level: Beginner & Intermediate
Receive personalized one-on-one coaching during live play.
Get real-time feedback on strategy, positioning, and shot selection.
Learn smarter decision-making in actual game situations.
Improve your skills faster while playing in a fun and supportive environment.
Beginner Clinic 103Beginner 103: Drills & Play
This 60-minute session is designed to help players gain confidence on the court through a combination of stroke-specific drills and guided play.
A combination of stroke-specific drills, including deep serves, deep returns, drops, volleys, and dinks, followed by guided play
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Low Intermediate DrillsLow Intermediate Drills
Structured practice exercises and drills designed to work on:
Shot consistency/muscle memory
Paddle and Shot Control
Court and Shot Positoning
These activities are tailored to help players transition from basic skills to more advanced techniques, focusing on both individual improvement and teamwork. Emphasis will be placed on understanding shot selection and building confidence in making decisions during play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
Low Intermediate Drills and PlayIntermediate Drills & Guided Play
This 90-minute session builds on foundational skills and introduces advanced strategies for more experienced players.
45 minutes of drills focusing on shot placement, spin techniques, and defensive maneuvers
45 minutes of guided play with tactical coaching
The session challenges players to expand their understanding of court dynamics, develop situational awareness, and adapt to different game scenarios. Participants will practice advanced rallies and receive targeted feedback to enhance their performance.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
P Series - Guided Gameplay 3.75 BelowP Series - Guided Gameplay is a structured, coach-led session designed to help players improve through live gameplay, strategy instruction, and real-time feedback. Unlike open play, Guided Gameplay combines competitive games with coaching support to develop shot selection, court positioning, communication, and overall game awareness in a fun and social environment.
Players rotate through organized matches while the coach actively participates and observes play, providing tactical adjustments and personalized feedback throughout the session. The focus is on improving consistency, decision-making, teamwork, and confidence in match situations.
Perfect for players looking to bridge the gap between drills and real-game performance, Guided Gameplay creates a supportive environment where players can learn, compete, and elevate their game together.
Cost
Members: $45
Non-Members: $45
Booking passes is not permitted for this program.
Program Format
4 players per court
The pro plays alongside participants during gameplay
Personalized coaching and feedback throughout the session
Minimum Enrollment
This session requires a minimum of 4 players. If fewer than 4 players are registered 24 hours prior to the start time, the session may be canceled.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours before the session start time. No refunds will be issued for cancellations made within 72 hours of the session.
P Series - Guided Gameplay 3.75 BelowP Series - Guided Gameplay is a structured, coach-led session designed to help players improve through live gameplay, strategy instruction, and real-time feedback. Unlike open play, Guided Gameplay combines competitive games with coaching support to develop shot selection, court positioning, communication, and overall game awareness in a fun and social environment.
Players rotate through organized matches while the coach actively participates and observes play, providing tactical adjustments and personalized feedback throughout the session. The focus is on improving consistency, decision-making, teamwork, and confidence in match situations.
Perfect for players looking to bridge the gap between drills and real-game performance, Guided Gameplay creates a supportive environment where players can learn, compete, and elevate their game together.
Cost
Members: $45
Non-Members: $45
Booking passes is not permitted for this program.
Program Format
4 players per court
The pro plays alongside participants during gameplay
Personalized coaching and feedback throughout the session
Minimum Enrollment
This session requires a minimum of 4 players. If fewer than 4 players are registered 24 hours prior to the start time, the session may be canceled.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours before the session start time. No refunds will be issued for cancellations made within 72 hours of the session.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Velto Junior AcademyVelto Junior Academy is for both newer and more seasoned players between the ages of 10 to 17. Kids will be broken up by Age & Skill Level.
Kids without experience will learn the basics (how to play, how to score, basic techniques) before entering into carnival - style fun pickleball mini games and real games.
More advanced kids will hop right into an open play with live coaching and guidance, as well as fast-paced live ball games to ensure everyone’s always getting in on the fun.
The program is an opportunity for kids to be introduced to pickleball at Velto, make friends, and have a blast.
All kids will also be given a surprise at the end of the event for being a part of the first junior Clinic at Velto.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
Beginner ClinicThis 60 minute clinic will focus on stroke technique and building confidence on the court while also re-emphasizing rules, positioning, etc.
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Junior Summer CampJunior Summer Camp for Kids Ages 9-15
Proper attire required with sneakers
Bring a water bottle. Refill station is available
Bring snacks that are peanuts free
Pickleball paddles will be provided
Daily Camp Structure
Warm-up & agility games
Pickleball skills and drills
Snack / rest break
Game Play
Creative activities (chess, painting pickleballs, etc.)
Adult Level Up 5 Days Bootcamp - Level Up from 2.5 to 3.0Tired of hitting the same ceiling? It’s time to elevate your game
Level Up Bootcamps are designed to help players breakthrough and compete harder
In this 2.5 to 3.0 bootcamp, we will cover
Understand the importance of getting to the kitchen line quickly and effectively. Many players at this level spend too much time stuck in the transition zone instead of advancing to the net.
Develop consistency by keeping serves and returns in play with confidence and control.
Improve ready position fundamentals by keeping the paddle up at the kitchen line and learning to react effectively on volleys.
Build rally consistency by sustaining 4–6 shot exchanges regularly during gameplay.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Clinic Series - Path to Intermediate Level 2Clinic Series (7 classes) - Path to Intermediate, Level 2
The Level 2 Path to Intermediate clinic series is designed for players who have several months of pickleball experience, have participated in open plays at the advanced beginner or low intermediate level, and are looking to progress to a higher level of play. Each class in the series will focus on one of the 6 key elements of the RPO 101 program: Dinking, Volleys, the 3rd Shot Drop, Serving, Driving, and Groundstroke, but will approach the skills from a more advanced starting point than the Level 1 Path to Intermediate series. The final half hour of the class will transition to supervised games so that participants have an opportunity to apply the skills in a competitive scenario.
During the final week, the instructor will perform a DUPR assessment for all members of the class and provide you with a provisional DUPR rating (if you don’t have one already)
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Clinic Series - Path to Intermediate Level 1Clinic Series (7 classes) - Path to Intermediate, Level 1
The Level 1 Path to Intermediate clinic series is designed for players who have completed an Intro to Pickleball class and are looking to progress to an intermediate level of play. Each class in the series will focus on one of the 6 key elements of the RPO 101 program: Dinking, Volleys, the 3rd Shot Drop, Serving, Driving, and Groundstroke. The final half hour of the class will transition to supervised games so that participants have an opportunity to apply the skills in a competitive scenario.
During the final week, the instructor will perform a DUPR assessment for all members of the class and provide you with a provisional DUPR rating (if you don’t have one already)
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior to the first class.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Adaptive Pickleball Clinic (All Ages) - 6 Weeks ClinicAdaptive Pickleball - Inclusion, Fitness & Social Engagement
The Standard Game is modified to teach people with physical, cognitive and developmental challenges.
6-Weeks Session
Age: 9+
Level: All Levels
Paddles will be provided
Clinic - Women's Path to 4.0 with Coach AllenClinic Series (6 classes) - Path to 4.0 Level 1
This clinic series is designed for players who currently play at an Intermediate capability and are seeking the skills to progress to the 4.0 level. Each class in the series will focus on one of the 6 key elements of the RPO 201 program: Dinking, Volleys, the 3rd Shot Drop, Serving, Driving, and Groundstroke. The final half hour of the class will transition to supervised games so that participants have an opportunity to apply the skills in a competitive scenario.
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior t
Intermediate Drills Training60 Minute Drills Training
Series of drills to improve skills
Build muscle memory
Reflex challenge
In this session, players will engage in reaction-based exercises aimed at improving quick decision-making and on-court anticipation. These exercises simulate real match scenarios, encouraging participants to adapt their tactics under pressure and further refine their technique. The drills are designed to reinforce muscle memory, enhance strategic shot-making, and prepare players for more competitive play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Beginner Clinic 103Beginner 103: Drills & Play
This 60-minute session is designed to help players gain confidence on the court through a combination of stroke-specific drills and guided play.
A combination of stroke-specific drills, including deep serves, deep returns, drops, volleys, and dinks, followed by guided play
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Beginner Clinic 103Beginner 103: Drills & Play
This 60-minute session is designed to help players gain confidence on the court through a combination of stroke-specific drills and guided play.
A combination of stroke-specific drills, including deep serves, deep returns, drops, volleys, and dinks, followed by guided play
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Intermediate DrillsIntermediate Drills
60-minute session to build on foundational skills and introduce advanced strategies:
Focusing on shot placement, spin techniques, and defensive maneuvers,
This session is designed to challenge players and expand their understanding of court dynamics, developing situational awareness and adaptability.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
P-Series - P1 - Foundation
Fair Lawn | The PICKLR
P-Series - P1 - Foundation
The P1 Foundation program is designed to introduce players to the core fundamentals of pickleball. It serves as the starting point for new members, ensuring they develop a solid understanding of the game. This program provides structured lessons, skill assessments, and guided practice to help players build confidence and competence in pickleball.
Cost:
Members: $20 (Free with booking pass)
Non-Members: $40
Note: Academy classes are designed for 8 players across 2 courts. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be cancelled and booking passes/credits will be refunded if applicable.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy: Cancellations must be made at least 24 hours in advance. Late cancellations or no-shows may incur a $10 fee.
Suggested Rating: 3.5
Very important: Members please use the booking pass option during checkout if you still have booking passes available in your account. We will not be able to refund you if you chose to pay for the session when you have booking passes available.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Junior Summer Session - AugustWhen: Aug 10th - Aug 13th (1PM -4PM)
Join us for The Picklr Junior Summer Sessions! A fun, high-energy, weeklong pickleball experience built for junior players 8-18 who already know the basics and are ready to level up.
Running Monday through Thursday, these sessions mix skill-building, live gameplay, and real-time coaching in a positive, encouraging environment. Each day introduces a new focus and builds on the day before, helping players grow their confidence, sharpen their skills, and finish the week playing their best pickleball, all while having a blast on court.
Format
4-day camp (Monday–Thursday)
3 hours per day (12 total hours)
Players register based on time availability, not age
Pricing (Full Week Registration Only)
Members: $229
Non-Members: $299
All participants receive:
A T-shirt - Code provided after registration
A Certificate of Completion
Daily Skill Themes
Each day focuses on a specific skill that builds throughout the week:
Monday: Touch & Control
Tuesday: Energy & Power
Wednesday: Footwork & Agility
Thursday: Placement & Targets
Skills are introduced through drills and applied through gameplay, helping players see real improvement by the end of the week.
Who This Is For
Junior players ages 8–18
Players who already understand basic rules, scoring, and court positioning
Not recommended for brand-new beginners
Skill Grouping & Player Experience
Parents simply register their child and note a suggested skill level at checkout
Coaches handle all grouping once the sessions begin
Players are placed into small skill-based groups and may move between groups as skills develop
Age differences may exist when skill levels are similar and are managed carefully by coaches
The goal is to create a fun, challenging, and supportive experience for every player.
Coaching & Feedback
Sessions are led by experienced Picklr coaches
Players receive live feedback, encouragement, and recognition throughout the week
Each day includes a fun, game-style Wingfield challenge to help track improvement and celebrate progress
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 1 week in advance to receive a refund or credit
Full-week registration required (no single-day attendance)
Why Register?
Build real skills in a short, focused format
Play more games with coaching guidance
Learn in a fun, high-energy environment
Leave with confidence, improvement, and momentum to keep playing
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
Junior Summer CampJunior Summer Camp for Kids Ages 9-15
Proper attire required with sneakers
Bring a water bottle. Refill station is available
Bring snacks that are peanuts free
Pickleball paddles will be provided
Daily Camp Structure
Warm-up & agility games
Pickleball skills and drills
Snack / rest break
Game Play
Creative activities (chess, painting pickleballs, etc.)
Adult Level Up 5 Days Bootcamp - Level Up from 2.5 to 3.0Tired of hitting the same ceiling? It’s time to elevate your game
Level Up Bootcamps are designed to help players breakthrough and compete harder
In this 2.5 to 3.0 bootcamp, we will cover
Understand the importance of getting to the kitchen line quickly and effectively. Many players at this level spend too much time stuck in the transition zone instead of advancing to the net.
Develop consistency by keeping serves and returns in play with confidence and control.
Improve ready position fundamentals by keeping the paddle up at the kitchen line and learning to react effectively on volleys.
Build rally consistency by sustaining 4–6 shot exchanges regularly during gameplay.
Play With a Pro +3 Rising Intermediate 3.0 (1.5 hrs)Play with a Pro (1.5 hour): 3 Participants will play out points/games with the coach playing in. Each session will have a specific focus (e.g. court position; shot patterns) but feedback on all aspects of the game will be given throughout the session. This enables students to learn real time what they can do to improve their game and to better understand what might be holding them back. This works best if people sign up for the right level and/or with others they know are at a similar level as them.
Recommended rating to join this session is 2.8-3.3
Low Intermediate Drills & PlayLow Intermediate Drills & Guided Play
Structured practice exercises and drills designed to work on:
Shot consistency/muscle memory
Paddle and Shot Control
Court and Shot Positoning
These activities are tailored to help players transition from basic skills to more advanced techniques, focusing on both individual improvement and teamwork. Emphasis will be placed on understanding shot selection and building confidence in making decisions during play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
HIGH Intermediate Drills60 minute Drills Training
Series of Drills to improve skills
Build muscle memory
Reflex challenge
In addition, players will engage in reaction-based exercises designed to heighten your quick decision-making and on-court anticipation. These exercises are intended to simulate real match scenarios, pushing participants to adapt their tactics under pressure and further refine their technique.
We will work on a series of drills that will help reinforce muscle memory, improve strategic shot-making, and prepare players for more competitive play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Low Intermediate Drills & PlayLow Intermediate Drills & Guided Play
Structured practice exercises and drills designed to work on:
Shot consistency/muscle memory
Paddle and Shot Control
Court and Shot Positoning
These activities are tailored to help players transition from basic skills to more advanced techniques, focusing on both individual improvement and teamwork. Emphasis will be placed on understanding shot selection and building confidence in making decisions during play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
LADIES ONLY Intermediate Drills & Play!Intermediate Drills & Guided Play
90-minute session to build on foundational skills and introduce advanced strategies:
45 minutes of drills focusing on shot placement, spin techniques, and defensive maneuvers,
45 minutes of guided play with tactical coaching
This session is designed to challenge players and expand their understanding of court dynamics, developing situational awareness and adaptability. Participants will have opportunities to practice advanced rallies and receive targeted feedback to enhance their performance.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
P Series - Guided Gameplay 3.75 BelowP Series - Guided Gameplay is a structured, coach-led session designed to help players improve through live gameplay, strategy instruction, and real-time feedback. Unlike open play, Guided Gameplay combines competitive games with coaching support to develop shot selection, court positioning, communication, and overall game awareness in a fun and social environment.
Players rotate through organized matches while the coach actively participates and observes play, providing tactical adjustments and personalized feedback throughout the session. The focus is on improving consistency, decision-making, teamwork, and confidence in match situations.
Perfect for players looking to bridge the gap between drills and real-game performance, Guided Gameplay creates a supportive environment where players can learn, compete, and elevate their game together.
Cost
Members: $45
Non-Members: $45
Booking passes is not permitted for this program.
Program Format
4 players per court
The pro plays alongside participants during gameplay
Personalized coaching and feedback throughout the session
Minimum Enrollment
This session requires a minimum of 4 players. If fewer than 4 players are registered 24 hours prior to the start time, the session may be canceled.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours before the session start time. No refunds will be issued for cancellations made within 72 hours of the session.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Intermediate Drills & PlayIntermediate Drills & Guided Play
90-minute session to build on foundational skills and introduce advanced strategies:
45 minutes of drills focusing on shot placement, spin techniques, and defensive maneuvers,
45 minutes of guided play with tactical coaching
This session is designed to challenge players and expand their understanding of court dynamics, developing situational awareness and adaptability. Participants will have opportunities to practice advanced rallies and receive targeted feedback to enhance their performance.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
[BEGINNER] Coach Guided Open PlayHave a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
[BEGINNER] Coach Guided Open PlayHave a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Play w/ the Pro - High IntermediatePro + 3
This session offers 60 or 90 minutes of game play with a Pro. Each player will have the opportunity to partner with the instructor for competitive play and gain insight into what is needed to advance to the next level. Players will rotate after each game, and the Pro will provide detailed feedback to their partner on each play.
High Intermediate Drills & Play
Series of drills to improve skills
Build muscle memory
Reflex challenge
Challenge Play
In this session, players will engage in reaction-based exercises aimed at improving quick decision-making and on-court anticipation. These exercises simulate real match scenarios, encouraging participants to adapt their tactics under pressure and further refine their technique. The drills are designed to reinforce muscle memory, enhance strategic shot-making, and prepare players for more competitive play. The last half hour of the session focuses on implementing these skills in practical situations.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
NEW- Build Your Own Pro+3 - 90minsBuild Your Own Pro+3
Customize your Pro+3 by selecting the players and and skill areas on which you'd like pointers.
Just tell your friends to register or add guests.
Low Intermediate Drills & PlayLow Intermediate Drills & Guided Play
Structured practice exercises and drills designed to work on:
Shot consistency/muscle memory
Paddle and Shot Control
Court and Shot Positoning
These activities are tailored to help players transition from basic skills to more advanced techniques, focusing on both individual improvement and teamwork. Emphasis will be placed on understanding shot selection and building confidence in making decisions during play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Intermediate Drills Training60 Minute Drills Training
Series of drills to improve skills
Build muscle memory
Reflex challenge
In this session, players will engage in reaction-based exercises aimed at improving quick decision-making and on-court anticipation. These exercises simulate real match scenarios, encouraging participants to adapt their tactics under pressure and further refine their technique. The drills are designed to reinforce muscle memory, enhance strategic shot-making, and prepare players for more competitive play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Junior Summer CampJunior Summer Camp for Kids Ages 9-15
Proper attire required with sneakers
Bring a water bottle. Refill station is available
Bring snacks that are peanuts free
Pickleball paddles will be provided
Daily Camp Structure
Warm-up & agility games
Pickleball skills and drills
Snack / rest break
Game Play
Creative activities (chess, painting pickleballs, etc.)
Adult Level Up 5 Days Bootcamp - Level Up from 2.5 to 3.0Tired of hitting the same ceiling? It’s time to elevate your game
Level Up Bootcamps are designed to help players breakthrough and compete harder
In this 2.5 to 3.0 bootcamp, we will cover
Understand the importance of getting to the kitchen line quickly and effectively. Many players at this level spend too much time stuck in the transition zone instead of advancing to the net.
Develop consistency by keeping serves and returns in play with confidence and control.
Improve ready position fundamentals by keeping the paddle up at the kitchen line and learning to react effectively on volleys.
Build rally consistency by sustaining 4–6 shot exchanges regularly during gameplay.
Junior Summer Session - AugustWhen: Aug 10th - Aug 13th (1PM -4PM)
Join us for The Picklr Junior Summer Sessions! A fun, high-energy, weeklong pickleball experience built for junior players 8-18 who already know the basics and are ready to level up.
Running Monday through Thursday, these sessions mix skill-building, live gameplay, and real-time coaching in a positive, encouraging environment. Each day introduces a new focus and builds on the day before, helping players grow their confidence, sharpen their skills, and finish the week playing their best pickleball, all while having a blast on court.
Format
4-day camp (Monday–Thursday)
3 hours per day (12 total hours)
Players register based on time availability, not age
Pricing (Full Week Registration Only)
Members: $229
Non-Members: $299
All participants receive:
A T-shirt - Code provided after registration
A Certificate of Completion
Daily Skill Themes
Each day focuses on a specific skill that builds throughout the week:
Monday: Touch & Control
Tuesday: Energy & Power
Wednesday: Footwork & Agility
Thursday: Placement & Targets
Skills are introduced through drills and applied through gameplay, helping players see real improvement by the end of the week.
Who This Is For
Junior players ages 8–18
Players who already understand basic rules, scoring, and court positioning
Not recommended for brand-new beginners
Skill Grouping & Player Experience
Parents simply register their child and note a suggested skill level at checkout
Coaches handle all grouping once the sessions begin
Players are placed into small skill-based groups and may move between groups as skills develop
Age differences may exist when skill levels are similar and are managed carefully by coaches
The goal is to create a fun, challenging, and supportive experience for every player.
Coaching & Feedback
Sessions are led by experienced Picklr coaches
Players receive live feedback, encouragement, and recognition throughout the week
Each day includes a fun, game-style Wingfield challenge to help track improvement and celebrate progress
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 1 week in advance to receive a refund or credit
Full-week registration required (no single-day attendance)
Why Register?
Build real skills in a short, focused format
Play more games with coaching guidance
Learn in a fun, high-energy environment
Leave with confidence, improvement, and momentum to keep playing
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Beginner Drills & Guided PlayBeginner Advanced Drills & Guided Play
90-minute session to take you to the next level:
45 minutes of drills
45 minutes of guided play
Learn and drill the required shots to advance your game
Learn effective movement on the court
Learn rules and play the game
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
Intermediate Drills Training60 minute Drills Training - by level
Series of Drills to improve skills
Build muscle memory
Reflex challenge
In addition, players will engage in reaction-based exercises designed to heighten your quick decision-making and on-court anticipation. These exercises are intended to simulate real match scenarios, pushing participants to adapt their tactics under pressure and further refine their technique.
We will work on a series of drills that will help reinforce muscle memory, improve strategic shot-making, and prepare players for more competitive play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Play With a Pro +3 Rising Intermediate 3.0 (1.5 hrs)Play with a Pro (1.5 hour): 3 Participants will play out points/games with the coach playing in. Each session will have a specific focus (e.g. court position; shot patterns) but feedback on all aspects of the game will be given throughout the session. This enables students to learn real time what they can do to improve their game and to better understand what might be holding them back. This works best if people sign up for the right level and/or with others they know are at a similar level as them.
Recommended rating to join this session is 2.8-3.3
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Beginner Clinic 102Beginner 102: Skills & Drills
60-minute session designed to improve and build upon skills learned in the Beginner 101 Clinic.
Clinic focuses on:
Groundstrokes
Dinking
Punch volleys
Court presence and serves
During this clinic, participants will engage in a variety of skill-building exercises that emphasize both technique refinement and understanding of game. The session will include interactive drills, partner activities, and live-play scenarios to encourage active learning and provide real-time feedback.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Low Intermediated Drills Beginner Advanced: Drills & Guided Play
60-minute session to gain confidence on the court:
A combination of stroke-specific drills, deep serves, deep returns, drops, volleys and dinks, followed by guided play
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
P Series - Guided Gameplay 3.75 BelowP Series - Guided Gameplay is a structured, coach-led session designed to help players improve through live gameplay, strategy instruction, and real-time feedback. Unlike open play, Guided Gameplay combines competitive games with coaching support to develop shot selection, court positioning, communication, and overall game awareness in a fun and social environment.
Players rotate through organized matches while the coach actively participates and observes play, providing tactical adjustments and personalized feedback throughout the session. The focus is on improving consistency, decision-making, teamwork, and confidence in match situations.
Perfect for players looking to bridge the gap between drills and real-game performance, Guided Gameplay creates a supportive environment where players can learn, compete, and elevate their game together.
Cost
Members: $45
Non-Members: $45
Booking passes is not permitted for this program.
Program Format
4 players per court
The pro plays alongside participants during gameplay
Personalized coaching and feedback throughout the session
Minimum Enrollment
This session requires a minimum of 4 players. If fewer than 4 players are registered 24 hours prior to the start time, the session may be canceled.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours before the session start time. No refunds will be issued for cancellations made within 72 hours of the session.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With A Pro 3.0 - 3.5Ready to move up to the High Intermediate 3.5+ level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Adult Level Up 5 Days Bootcamp - Level Up from 2.5 to 3.0Tired of hitting the same ceiling? It’s time to elevate your game
Level Up Bootcamps are designed to help players breakthrough and compete harder
In this 2.5 to 3.0 bootcamp, we will cover
Understand the importance of getting to the kitchen line quickly and effectively. Many players at this level spend too much time stuck in the transition zone instead of advancing to the net.
Develop consistency by keeping serves and returns in play with confidence and control.
Improve ready position fundamentals by keeping the paddle up at the kitchen line and learning to react effectively on volleys.
Build rally consistency by sustaining 4–6 shot exchanges regularly during gameplay.
Junior Summer Session - AugustWhen: Aug 10th - Aug 13th (1PM -4PM)
Join us for The Picklr Junior Summer Sessions! A fun, high-energy, weeklong pickleball experience built for junior players 8-18 who already know the basics and are ready to level up.
Running Monday through Thursday, these sessions mix skill-building, live gameplay, and real-time coaching in a positive, encouraging environment. Each day introduces a new focus and builds on the day before, helping players grow their confidence, sharpen their skills, and finish the week playing their best pickleball, all while having a blast on court.
Format
4-day camp (Monday–Thursday)
3 hours per day (12 total hours)
Players register based on time availability, not age
Pricing (Full Week Registration Only)
Members: $229
Non-Members: $299
All participants receive:
A T-shirt - Code provided after registration
A Certificate of Completion
Daily Skill Themes
Each day focuses on a specific skill that builds throughout the week:
Monday: Touch & Control
Tuesday: Energy & Power
Wednesday: Footwork & Agility
Thursday: Placement & Targets
Skills are introduced through drills and applied through gameplay, helping players see real improvement by the end of the week.
Who This Is For
Junior players ages 8–18
Players who already understand basic rules, scoring, and court positioning
Not recommended for brand-new beginners
Skill Grouping & Player Experience
Parents simply register their child and note a suggested skill level at checkout
Coaches handle all grouping once the sessions begin
Players are placed into small skill-based groups and may move between groups as skills develop
Age differences may exist when skill levels are similar and are managed carefully by coaches
The goal is to create a fun, challenging, and supportive experience for every player.
Coaching & Feedback
Sessions are led by experienced Picklr coaches
Players receive live feedback, encouragement, and recognition throughout the week
Each day includes a fun, game-style Wingfield challenge to help track improvement and celebrate progress
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 1 week in advance to receive a refund or credit
Full-week registration required (no single-day attendance)
Why Register?
Build real skills in a short, focused format
Play more games with coaching guidance
Learn in a fun, high-energy environment
Leave with confidence, improvement, and momentum to keep playing
Junior Summer CampJunior Summer Camp for Kids Ages 9-15
Proper attire required with sneakers
Bring a water bottle. Refill station is available
Bring snacks that are peanuts free
Pickleball paddles will be provided
Daily Camp Structure
Warm-up & agility games
Pickleball skills and drills
Snack / rest break
Game Play
Creative activities (chess, painting pickleballs, etc.)
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
NEW - PARTNER STRATEGY ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
HIGH Intermediate Drills60 minute Drills Training
Series of Drills to improve skills
Build muscle memory
Reflex challenge
In addition, players will engage in reaction-based exercises designed to heighten your quick decision-making and on-court anticipation. These exercises are intended to simulate real match scenarios, pushing participants to adapt their tactics under pressure and further refine their technique.
We will work on a series of drills that will help reinforce muscle memory, improve strategic shot-making, and prepare players for more competitive play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
[INTERMEDIATE] Coach Guided Open Play (5:30pm)Have a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Low Intermediate Drills & Guided PlayLow Intermediate Drills & Guided Play
Structured practice exercises and drills designed to work on:
Shot consistency/muscle memory
Paddle and Shot Control
Court and Shot Positoning
These activities are tailored to help players transition from basic skills to more advanced techniques, focusing on both individual improvement and teamwork. Emphasis will be placed on understanding shot selection and building confidence in making decisions during play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Intermediate DrillsIntermediate Drills & Guided Play
90-minute session to build on foundational skills and introduce advanced strategies:
45 minutes of drills focusing on shot placement, spin techniques, and defensive maneuvers,
45 minutes of guided play with tactical coaching
This session is designed to challenge players and expand their understanding of court dynamics, developing situational awareness and adaptability. Participants will have opportunities to practice advanced rallies and receive targeted feedback to enhance their performance.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Low Intermediate Drills & Guided PlayLow Intermediate Drills & Guided Play
Structured practice exercises and drills designed to work on:
Shot consistency/muscle memory
Paddle and Shot Control
Court and Shot Positoning
These activities are tailored to help players transition from basic skills to more advanced techniques, focusing on both individual improvement and teamwork. Emphasis will be placed on understanding shot selection and building confidence in making decisions during play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Pickleball coaching for Advanced Intermediate / Advanced trainingExisting trainees receive 10% for enrolling again, call us to receive account credit.
Coaching for Advanced Intermediate / advnaced training for DUPR >=3.5
60 min sessions
4 session package
Continue to hone in on the skills.
Spend dedicated 60 minutes with the coach on the court.
We can also customize a training program as per your needs.
Please feel free to call or speak with the coach during your session.
4 Week Clinic for IntermediateABOUT
This 4-week clinic series is for Intermediate players who are ready to take their game to the next level.
Clinic Schedule
With our coach and 4 other students, you’ll learn the following:
Week 1: how to reliably get to the kitchen (serves, drives, drops, drips, resets)
Week 2: how to stop your opponents getting to the kitchen (returns, 4th shot decision making, drive tolerance, flicks/rolls)
Week 3: How to win once you’re at the kitchen (speedups + dinking patterns)
Week 4: How to be ready for your opponents game plan in the kitchen. (Counters + dinking patterns+ finishing pieces)
Each class will be 1.5 hours long, with a combination of coach-guided drills and demonstrations!
If you were to sign up, it is a commitment to the 4-Week clinic series. If you cannot attend a class, please let your coach know before hand.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
[INTERMEDIATE] Coach Guided Open Play (6:30pm)Have a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Clinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with StrategyClinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with Strategy
Ever feel like you’re hitting solid shots but still losing points you should be winning? This six-week series will teach you how to play with intention instead of reacting. You’ll learn how to control the point from the serve and return, take command of the kitchen line, and place the ball to create pressure and force errors—so you’re dictating play rather than hoping for a mistake.Prerequisites: You should be able to execute basic shots (serve, return, drive, drop, volley, and dink) with some consistency or have completed Path to Intermediate Level 1. If you are unsure if this series is the right fit, please reach out.Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by theRacket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy:Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior to the first class
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
LADIES ONLY Intermediate Drills Training60-minute Drills Training:
A series of Drills to improve skills
Build muscle memory
Reflex challenge
In addition, players will engage in reaction-based exercises designed to heighten their quick decision-making and on-court anticipation. These exercises are intended to simulate real match scenarios, pushing participants to adapt their tactics under pressure and further refine their technique.
We will work on a series of drills that will help reinforce muscle memory, improve strategic shot-making, and prepare players for more competitive play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Junior Summer Session - AugustWhen: Aug 10th - Aug 13th (1PM -4PM)
Join us for The Picklr Junior Summer Sessions! A fun, high-energy, weeklong pickleball experience built for junior players 8-18 who already know the basics and are ready to level up.
Running Monday through Thursday, these sessions mix skill-building, live gameplay, and real-time coaching in a positive, encouraging environment. Each day introduces a new focus and builds on the day before, helping players grow their confidence, sharpen their skills, and finish the week playing their best pickleball, all while having a blast on court.
Format
4-day camp (Monday–Thursday)
3 hours per day (12 total hours)
Players register based on time availability, not age
Pricing (Full Week Registration Only)
Members: $229
Non-Members: $299
All participants receive:
A T-shirt - Code provided after registration
A Certificate of Completion
Daily Skill Themes
Each day focuses on a specific skill that builds throughout the week:
Monday: Touch & Control
Tuesday: Energy & Power
Wednesday: Footwork & Agility
Thursday: Placement & Targets
Skills are introduced through drills and applied through gameplay, helping players see real improvement by the end of the week.
Who This Is For
Junior players ages 8–18
Players who already understand basic rules, scoring, and court positioning
Not recommended for brand-new beginners
Skill Grouping & Player Experience
Parents simply register their child and note a suggested skill level at checkout
Coaches handle all grouping once the sessions begin
Players are placed into small skill-based groups and may move between groups as skills develop
Age differences may exist when skill levels are similar and are managed carefully by coaches
The goal is to create a fun, challenging, and supportive experience for every player.
Coaching & Feedback
Sessions are led by experienced Picklr coaches
Players receive live feedback, encouragement, and recognition throughout the week
Each day includes a fun, game-style Wingfield challenge to help track improvement and celebrate progress
Cancellation Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 1 week in advance to receive a refund or credit
Full-week registration required (no single-day attendance)
Why Register?
Build real skills in a short, focused format
Play more games with coaching guidance
Learn in a fun, high-energy environment
Leave with confidence, improvement, and momentum to keep playing
Junior Summer CampJunior Summer Camp for Kids Ages 9-15
Proper attire required with sneakers
Bring a water bottle. Refill station is available
Bring snacks that are peanuts free
Pickleball paddles will be provided
Daily Camp Structure
Warm-up & agility games
Pickleball skills and drills
Snack / rest break
Game Play
Creative activities (chess, painting pickleballs, etc.)
Adult Level Up 5 Days Bootcamp - Level Up from 2.5 to 3.0Tired of hitting the same ceiling? It’s time to elevate your game
Level Up Bootcamps are designed to help players breakthrough and compete harder
In this 2.5 to 3.0 bootcamp, we will cover
Understand the importance of getting to the kitchen line quickly and effectively. Many players at this level spend too much time stuck in the transition zone instead of advancing to the net.
Develop consistency by keeping serves and returns in play with confidence and control.
Improve ready position fundamentals by keeping the paddle up at the kitchen line and learning to react effectively on volleys.
Build rally consistency by sustaining 4–6 shot exchanges regularly during gameplay.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Beginner AVANCED Drills & Guided PlayBeginner Advanced Drills & Guided Play
90-minute session to take you to the next level:
45 minutes of drills
45 minutes of guided play
Learn and drill the required shots to advance your game
Learn effective movement on the court
Learn rules and play the game
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Beginner Clinic 103Beginner 103: Drills & Play
This 60-minute session is designed to help players gain confidence on the court through a combination of stroke-specific drills and guided play.
A combination of stroke-specific drills, including deep serves, deep returns, drops, volleys, and dinks, followed by guided play
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Guided Play with Mark & ElaineGuided Play with Mark & Elaine
Age: All Ages
Level: Beginner & Intermediate
Receive personalized one-on-one coaching during live play.
Get real-time feedback on strategy, positioning, and shot selection.
Learn smarter decision-making in actual game situations.
Improve your skills faster while playing in a fun and supportive environment.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Low Intermediate DrillsLow Intermediate Drills
Structured practice exercises and drills designed to work on:
Shot consistency/muscle memory
Paddle and Shot Control
Court and Shot Positoning
These activities are tailored to help players transition from basic skills to more advanced techniques, focusing on both individual improvement and teamwork. Emphasis will be placed on understanding shot selection and building confidence in making decisions during play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
Low Intermediate Drills and PlayIntermediate Drills & Guided Play
This 90-minute session builds on foundational skills and introduces advanced strategies for more experienced players.
45 minutes of drills focusing on shot placement, spin techniques, and defensive maneuvers
45 minutes of guided play with tactical coaching
The session challenges players to expand their understanding of court dynamics, develop situational awareness, and adapt to different game scenarios. Participants will practice advanced rallies and receive targeted feedback to enhance their performance.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
P Series - Guided Gameplay 3.75 BelowP Series - Guided Gameplay is a structured, coach-led session designed to help players improve through live gameplay, strategy instruction, and real-time feedback. Unlike open play, Guided Gameplay combines competitive games with coaching support to develop shot selection, court positioning, communication, and overall game awareness in a fun and social environment.
Players rotate through organized matches while the coach actively participates and observes play, providing tactical adjustments and personalized feedback throughout the session. The focus is on improving consistency, decision-making, teamwork, and confidence in match situations.
Perfect for players looking to bridge the gap between drills and real-game performance, Guided Gameplay creates a supportive environment where players can learn, compete, and elevate their game together.
Cost
Members: $45
Non-Members: $45
Booking passes is not permitted for this program.
Program Format
4 players per court
The pro plays alongside participants during gameplay
Personalized coaching and feedback throughout the session
Minimum Enrollment
This session requires a minimum of 4 players. If fewer than 4 players are registered 24 hours prior to the start time, the session may be canceled.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours before the session start time. No refunds will be issued for cancellations made within 72 hours of the session.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
Adult Beginner Full Clinic - 6 Weeks ClinicLearn the foundation for pickleball, such as the basic skills and techniques for playing the game.
Duration: 6 sessions, 6 weeks
Age: 18+
Levels: Beginner/Advanced Beginner
Paddles will be provided
Weekly Lesson:
Week 1 - Non-Volley Zone Fundamentals
Week 2 - Serving & Returning Basics
Week 3 - Transition Zone Fundamentals
Week 4 - Groundstroke Foundations
Week 5 - Court Positioning & Team Chemistry
Week 6 - Game Play Tactics & Strategy
P Series - Guided Gameplay 3.75 BelowP Series - Guided Gameplay is a structured, coach-led session designed to help players improve through live gameplay, strategy instruction, and real-time feedback. Unlike open play, Guided Gameplay combines competitive games with coaching support to develop shot selection, court positioning, communication, and overall game awareness in a fun and social environment.
Players rotate through organized matches while the coach actively participates and observes play, providing tactical adjustments and personalized feedback throughout the session. The focus is on improving consistency, decision-making, teamwork, and confidence in match situations.
Perfect for players looking to bridge the gap between drills and real-game performance, Guided Gameplay creates a supportive environment where players can learn, compete, and elevate their game together.
Cost
Members: $45
Non-Members: $45
Booking passes is not permitted for this program.
Program Format
4 players per court
The pro plays alongside participants during gameplay
Personalized coaching and feedback throughout the session
Minimum Enrollment
This session requires a minimum of 4 players. If fewer than 4 players are registered 24 hours prior to the start time, the session may be canceled.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours before the session start time. No refunds will be issued for cancellations made within 72 hours of the session.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Beginner ClinicThis 60 minute clinic will focus on stroke technique and building confidence on the court while also re-emphasizing rules, positioning, etc.
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Adult Level Up 5 Days Bootcamp - Level Up from 2.5 to 3.0Tired of hitting the same ceiling? It’s time to elevate your game
Level Up Bootcamps are designed to help players breakthrough and compete harder
In this 2.5 to 3.0 bootcamp, we will cover
Understand the importance of getting to the kitchen line quickly and effectively. Many players at this level spend too much time stuck in the transition zone instead of advancing to the net.
Develop consistency by keeping serves and returns in play with confidence and control.
Improve ready position fundamentals by keeping the paddle up at the kitchen line and learning to react effectively on volleys.
Build rally consistency by sustaining 4–6 shot exchanges regularly during gameplay.
Junior Summer CampJunior Summer Camp for Kids Ages 9-15
Proper attire required with sneakers
Bring a water bottle. Refill station is available
Bring snacks that are peanuts free
Pickleball paddles will be provided
Daily Camp Structure
Warm-up & agility games
Pickleball skills and drills
Snack / rest break
Game Play
Creative activities (chess, painting pickleballs, etc.)
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
America 250 Pickleball 101America 250 Pickleball 101:
A FREE foundational class for new players to learn the basic rules, court positioning, scoring system, and gameplay concepts of pickleball in a fun, welcoming, and beginner-friendly environment. This one-hour class is structured to teach players the game in progressive layers, starting at the non-volley zone (kitchen) and working back to the baseline.
Arrive 10 minutes early to meet your instructor and get equipped before heading out to the courts.
*Please wear athletic, non-marking soled shoes. Paddles are available at no cost to any player who needs one.*
Cost: FREE
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Clinic Series - Path to Intermediate Level 2Clinic Series (7 classes) - Path to Intermediate, Level 2
The Level 2 Path to Intermediate clinic series is designed for players who have several months of pickleball experience, have participated in open plays at the advanced beginner or low intermediate level, and are looking to progress to a higher level of play. Each class in the series will focus on one of the 6 key elements of the RPO 101 program: Dinking, Volleys, the 3rd Shot Drop, Serving, Driving, and Groundstroke, but will approach the skills from a more advanced starting point than the Level 1 Path to Intermediate series. The final half hour of the class will transition to supervised games so that participants have an opportunity to apply the skills in a competitive scenario.
During the final week, the instructor will perform a DUPR assessment for all members of the class and provide you with a provisional DUPR rating (if you don’t have one already)
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment
Clinic Series - Path to Intermediate Level 1Clinic Series (7 classes) - Path to Intermediate, Level 1
The Level 1 Path to Intermediate clinic series is designed for players who have completed an Intro to Pickleball class and are looking to progress to an intermediate level of play. Each class in the series will focus on one of the 6 key elements of the RPO 101 program: Dinking, Volleys, the 3rd Shot Drop, Serving, Driving, and Groundstroke. The final half hour of the class will transition to supervised games so that participants have an opportunity to apply the skills in a competitive scenario.
During the final week, the instructor will perform a DUPR assessment for all members of the class and provide you with a provisional DUPR rating (if you don’t have one already)
Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by the Racket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy: Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior to the first class.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Adaptive Pickleball Clinic (All Ages) - 6 Weeks ClinicAdaptive Pickleball - Inclusion, Fitness & Social Engagement
The Standard Game is modified to teach people with physical, cognitive and developmental challenges.
6-Weeks Session
Age: 9+
Level: All Levels
Paddles will be provided
Intermediate Drills Training60 Minute Drills Training
Series of drills to improve skills
Build muscle memory
Reflex challenge
In this session, players will engage in reaction-based exercises aimed at improving quick decision-making and on-court anticipation. These exercises simulate real match scenarios, encouraging participants to adapt their tactics under pressure and further refine their technique. The drills are designed to reinforce muscle memory, enhance strategic shot-making, and prepare players for more competitive play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Beginner Clinic 103Beginner 103: Drills & Play
This 60-minute session is designed to help players gain confidence on the court through a combination of stroke-specific drills and guided play.
A combination of stroke-specific drills, including deep serves, deep returns, drops, volleys, and dinks, followed by guided play
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Low Intermediate Drills & Guided PlayLow Intermediate Drills & Guided Play
Structured practice exercises and drills designed to work on:
Shot consistency/muscle memory
Paddle and Shot Control
Court and Shot Positoning
These activities are tailored to help players transition from basic skills to more advanced techniques, focusing on both individual improvement and teamwork. Emphasis will be placed on understanding shot selection and building confidence in making decisions during play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Beginner Clinic 103Beginner 103: Drills & Play
This 60-minute session is designed to help players gain confidence on the court through a combination of stroke-specific drills and guided play.
A combination of stroke-specific drills, including deep serves, deep returns, drops, volleys, and dinks, followed by guided play
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Intermediate DrillsIntermediate Drills
60-minute session to build on foundational skills and introduce advanced strategies:
Focusing on shot placement, spin techniques, and defensive maneuvers,
This session is designed to challenge players and expand their understanding of court dynamics, developing situational awareness and adaptability.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
P-Series - P1 - Foundation
Fair Lawn | The PICKLR
P-Series - P1 - Foundation
The P1 Foundation program is designed to introduce players to the core fundamentals of pickleball. It serves as the starting point for new members, ensuring they develop a solid understanding of the game. This program provides structured lessons, skill assessments, and guided practice to help players build confidence and competence in pickleball.
Cost:
Members: $20 (Free with booking pass)
Non-Members: $40
Note: Academy classes are designed for 8 players across 2 courts. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be cancelled and booking passes/credits will be refunded if applicable.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy: Cancellations must be made at least 24 hours in advance. Late cancellations or no-shows may incur a $10 fee.
Suggested Rating: 3.5
Very important: Members please use the booking pass option during checkout if you still have booking passes available in your account. We will not be able to refund you if you chose to pay for the session when you have booking passes available.
Play With a Pro +3 Rising Intermediate 3.0 (1.5 hrs)Play with a Pro (1.5 hour): 3 Participants will play out points/games with the coach playing in. Each session will have a specific focus (e.g. court position; shot patterns) but feedback on all aspects of the game will be given throughout the session. This enables students to learn real time what they can do to improve their game and to better understand what might be holding them back. This works best if people sign up for the right level and/or with others they know are at a similar level as them.
Recommended rating to join this session is 2.8-3.3
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Low Intermediate Drills & PlayLow Intermediate Drills & Guided Play
Structured practice exercises and drills designed to work on:
Shot consistency/muscle memory
Paddle and Shot Control
Court and Shot Positoning
These activities are tailored to help players transition from basic skills to more advanced techniques, focusing on both individual improvement and teamwork. Emphasis will be placed on understanding shot selection and building confidence in making decisions during play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
HIGH Intermediate Drills60 minute Drills Training
Series of Drills to improve skills
Build muscle memory
Reflex challenge
In addition, players will engage in reaction-based exercises designed to heighten your quick decision-making and on-court anticipation. These exercises are intended to simulate real match scenarios, pushing participants to adapt their tactics under pressure and further refine their technique.
We will work on a series of drills that will help reinforce muscle memory, improve strategic shot-making, and prepare players for more competitive play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Play with Pro with IanPlay alongside a pro in a fun, interactive session while receiving real-time coaching, strategy tips, and personalized feedback.
Duration: 60 minutes
Age: Age 16+
Levels: High Intermediate, Intermediate
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Low Intermediate Drills & PlayLow Intermediate Drills & Guided Play
Structured practice exercises and drills designed to work on:
Shot consistency/muscle memory
Paddle and Shot Control
Court and Shot Positoning
These activities are tailored to help players transition from basic skills to more advanced techniques, focusing on both individual improvement and teamwork. Emphasis will be placed on understanding shot selection and building confidence in making decisions during play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
LADIES ONLY Intermediate Drills & Play!Intermediate Drills & Guided Play
90-minute session to build on foundational skills and introduce advanced strategies:
45 minutes of drills focusing on shot placement, spin techniques, and defensive maneuvers,
45 minutes of guided play with tactical coaching
This session is designed to challenge players and expand their understanding of court dynamics, developing situational awareness and adaptability. Participants will have opportunities to practice advanced rallies and receive targeted feedback to enhance their performance.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
Intermediate Drills & PlayIntermediate Drills & Guided Play
90-minute session to build on foundational skills and introduce advanced strategies:
45 minutes of drills focusing on shot placement, spin techniques, and defensive maneuvers,
45 minutes of guided play with tactical coaching
This session is designed to challenge players and expand their understanding of court dynamics, developing situational awareness and adaptability. Participants will have opportunities to practice advanced rallies and receive targeted feedback to enhance their performance.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
[BEGINNER] Coach Guided Open PlayHave a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
[BEGINNER] Coach Guided Open PlayHave a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
NEW- Build Your Own Pro+3 - 90minsBuild Your Own Pro+3
Customize your Pro+3 by selecting the players and and skill areas on which you'd like pointers.
Just tell your friends to register or add guests.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Intermediate Drills Training60 Minute Drills Training
Series of drills to improve skills
Build muscle memory
Reflex challenge
In this session, players will engage in reaction-based exercises aimed at improving quick decision-making and on-court anticipation. These exercises simulate real match scenarios, encouraging participants to adapt their tactics under pressure and further refine their technique. The drills are designed to reinforce muscle memory, enhance strategic shot-making, and prepare players for more competitive play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Beginner Drills & Guided PlayBeginner Advanced Drills & Guided Play
90-minute session to take you to the next level:
45 minutes of drills
45 minutes of guided play
Learn and drill the required shots to advance your game
Learn effective movement on the court
Learn rules and play the game
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Intermediate Drills Training60 minute Drills Training - by level
Series of Drills to improve skills
Build muscle memory
Reflex challenge
In addition, players will engage in reaction-based exercises designed to heighten your quick decision-making and on-court anticipation. These exercises are intended to simulate real match scenarios, pushing participants to adapt their tactics under pressure and further refine their technique.
We will work on a series of drills that will help reinforce muscle memory, improve strategic shot-making, and prepare players for more competitive play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Play With a Pro +3 Rising Intermediate 3.0 (1.5 hrs)Play with a Pro (1.5 hour): 3 Participants will play out points/games with the coach playing in. Each session will have a specific focus (e.g. court position; shot patterns) but feedback on all aspects of the game will be given throughout the session. This enables students to learn real time what they can do to improve their game and to better understand what might be holding them back. This works best if people sign up for the right level and/or with others they know are at a similar level as them.
Recommended rating to join this session is 2.8-3.3
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
Beginner Clinic 102Beginner 102: Skills & Drills
60-minute session designed to improve and build upon skills learned in the Beginner 101 Clinic.
Clinic focuses on:
Groundstrokes
Dinking
Punch volleys
Court presence and serves
During this clinic, participants will engage in a variety of skill-building exercises that emphasize both technique refinement and understanding of game. The session will include interactive drills, partner activities, and live-play scenarios to encourage active learning and provide real-time feedback.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Low Intermediated Drills Beginner Advanced: Drills & Guided Play
60-minute session to gain confidence on the court:
A combination of stroke-specific drills, deep serves, deep returns, drops, volleys and dinks, followed by guided play
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
P Series - Guided Gameplay 3.75 BelowP Series - Guided Gameplay is a structured, coach-led session designed to help players improve through live gameplay, strategy instruction, and real-time feedback. Unlike open play, Guided Gameplay combines competitive games with coaching support to develop shot selection, court positioning, communication, and overall game awareness in a fun and social environment.
Players rotate through organized matches while the coach actively participates and observes play, providing tactical adjustments and personalized feedback throughout the session. The focus is on improving consistency, decision-making, teamwork, and confidence in match situations.
Perfect for players looking to bridge the gap between drills and real-game performance, Guided Gameplay creates a supportive environment where players can learn, compete, and elevate their game together.
Cost
Members: $45
Non-Members: $45
Booking passes is not permitted for this program.
Program Format
4 players per court
The pro plays alongside participants during gameplay
Personalized coaching and feedback throughout the session
Minimum Enrollment
This session requires a minimum of 4 players. If fewer than 4 players are registered 24 hours prior to the start time, the session may be canceled.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours before the session start time. No refunds will be issued for cancellations made within 72 hours of the session.
Play With A Pro 3.0 - 3.5Ready to move up to the High Intermediate 3.5+ level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
NEW - PARTNER STRATEGY ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
HIGH Intermediate Drills60 minute Drills Training
Series of Drills to improve skills
Build muscle memory
Reflex challenge
In addition, players will engage in reaction-based exercises designed to heighten your quick decision-making and on-court anticipation. These exercises are intended to simulate real match scenarios, pushing participants to adapt their tactics under pressure and further refine their technique.
We will work on a series of drills that will help reinforce muscle memory, improve strategic shot-making, and prepare players for more competitive play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
[INTERMEDIATE] Coach Guided Open Play (5:30pm)Have a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Low Intermediate Drills & Guided PlayLow Intermediate Drills & Guided Play
Structured practice exercises and drills designed to work on:
Shot consistency/muscle memory
Paddle and Shot Control
Court and Shot Positoning
These activities are tailored to help players transition from basic skills to more advanced techniques, focusing on both individual improvement and teamwork. Emphasis will be placed on understanding shot selection and building confidence in making decisions during play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Low Intermediate Drills & Guided PlayLow Intermediate Drills & Guided Play
Structured practice exercises and drills designed to work on:
Shot consistency/muscle memory
Paddle and Shot Control
Court and Shot Positoning
These activities are tailored to help players transition from basic skills to more advanced techniques, focusing on both individual improvement and teamwork. Emphasis will be placed on understanding shot selection and building confidence in making decisions during play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Intermediate DrillsIntermediate Drills & Guided Play
90-minute session to build on foundational skills and introduce advanced strategies:
45 minutes of drills focusing on shot placement, spin techniques, and defensive maneuvers,
45 minutes of guided play with tactical coaching
This session is designed to challenge players and expand their understanding of court dynamics, developing situational awareness and adaptability. Participants will have opportunities to practice advanced rallies and receive targeted feedback to enhance their performance.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
4 Week Clinic for IntermediateABOUT
This 4-week clinic series is for Intermediate players who are ready to take their game to the next level.
Clinic Schedule
With our coach and 4 other students, you’ll learn the following:
Week 1: how to reliably get to the kitchen (serves, drives, drops, drips, resets)
Week 2: how to stop your opponents getting to the kitchen (returns, 4th shot decision making, drive tolerance, flicks/rolls)
Week 3: How to win once you’re at the kitchen (speedups + dinking patterns)
Week 4: How to be ready for your opponents game plan in the kitchen. (Counters + dinking patterns+ finishing pieces)
Each class will be 1.5 hours long, with a combination of coach-guided drills and demonstrations!
If you were to sign up, it is a commitment to the 4-Week clinic series. If you cannot attend a class, please let your coach know before hand.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
Pickleball coaching for Advanced Intermediate / Advanced trainingExisting trainees receive 10% for enrolling again, call us to receive account credit.
Coaching for Advanced Intermediate / advnaced training for DUPR >=3.5
60 min sessions
4 session package
Continue to hone in on the skills.
Spend dedicated 60 minutes with the coach on the court.
We can also customize a training program as per your needs.
Please feel free to call or speak with the coach during your session.
[INTERMEDIATE] Coach Guided Open Play (6:30pm)Have a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Clinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with StrategyClinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with Strategy
Ever feel like you’re hitting solid shots but still losing points you should be winning? This six-week series will teach you how to play with intention instead of reacting. You’ll learn how to control the point from the serve and return, take command of the kitchen line, and place the ball to create pressure and force errors—so you’re dictating play rather than hoping for a mistake.Prerequisites: You should be able to execute basic shots (serve, return, drive, drop, volley, and dink) with some consistency or have completed Path to Intermediate Level 1. If you are unsure if this series is the right fit, please reach out.Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by theRacket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy:Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior to the first class
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
LADIES ONLY Intermediate Drills Training60-minute Drills Training:
A series of Drills to improve skills
Build muscle memory
Reflex challenge
In addition, players will engage in reaction-based exercises designed to heighten their quick decision-making and on-court anticipation. These exercises are intended to simulate real match scenarios, pushing participants to adapt their tactics under pressure and further refine their technique.
We will work on a series of drills that will help reinforce muscle memory, improve strategic shot-making, and prepare players for more competitive play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Beginner AVANCED Drills & Guided PlayBeginner Advanced Drills & Guided Play
90-minute session to take you to the next level:
45 minutes of drills
45 minutes of guided play
Learn and drill the required shots to advance your game
Learn effective movement on the court
Learn rules and play the game
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Beginner Clinic 103Beginner 103: Drills & Play
This 60-minute session is designed to help players gain confidence on the court through a combination of stroke-specific drills and guided play.
A combination of stroke-specific drills, including deep serves, deep returns, drops, volleys, and dinks, followed by guided play
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Guided Play with Mark & ElaineGuided Play with Mark & Elaine
Age: All Ages
Level: Beginner & Intermediate
Receive personalized one-on-one coaching during live play.
Get real-time feedback on strategy, positioning, and shot selection.
Learn smarter decision-making in actual game situations.
Improve your skills faster while playing in a fun and supportive environment.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Low Intermediate DrillsLow Intermediate Drills
Structured practice exercises and drills designed to work on:
Shot consistency/muscle memory
Paddle and Shot Control
Court and Shot Positoning
These activities are tailored to help players transition from basic skills to more advanced techniques, focusing on both individual improvement and teamwork. Emphasis will be placed on understanding shot selection and building confidence in making decisions during play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
Low Intermediate Drills and PlayIntermediate Drills & Guided Play
This 90-minute session builds on foundational skills and introduces advanced strategies for more experienced players.
45 minutes of drills focusing on shot placement, spin techniques, and defensive maneuvers
45 minutes of guided play with tactical coaching
The session challenges players to expand their understanding of court dynamics, develop situational awareness, and adapt to different game scenarios. Participants will practice advanced rallies and receive targeted feedback to enhance their performance.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
P Series - Guided Gameplay 3.75 BelowP Series - Guided Gameplay is a structured, coach-led session designed to help players improve through live gameplay, strategy instruction, and real-time feedback. Unlike open play, Guided Gameplay combines competitive games with coaching support to develop shot selection, court positioning, communication, and overall game awareness in a fun and social environment.
Players rotate through organized matches while the coach actively participates and observes play, providing tactical adjustments and personalized feedback throughout the session. The focus is on improving consistency, decision-making, teamwork, and confidence in match situations.
Perfect for players looking to bridge the gap between drills and real-game performance, Guided Gameplay creates a supportive environment where players can learn, compete, and elevate their game together.
Cost
Members: $45
Non-Members: $45
Booking passes is not permitted for this program.
Program Format
4 players per court
The pro plays alongside participants during gameplay
Personalized coaching and feedback throughout the session
Minimum Enrollment
This session requires a minimum of 4 players. If fewer than 4 players are registered 24 hours prior to the start time, the session may be canceled.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours before the session start time. No refunds will be issued for cancellations made within 72 hours of the session.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
P Series - Guided Gameplay 3.75 BelowP Series - Guided Gameplay is a structured, coach-led session designed to help players improve through live gameplay, strategy instruction, and real-time feedback. Unlike open play, Guided Gameplay combines competitive games with coaching support to develop shot selection, court positioning, communication, and overall game awareness in a fun and social environment.
Players rotate through organized matches while the coach actively participates and observes play, providing tactical adjustments and personalized feedback throughout the session. The focus is on improving consistency, decision-making, teamwork, and confidence in match situations.
Perfect for players looking to bridge the gap between drills and real-game performance, Guided Gameplay creates a supportive environment where players can learn, compete, and elevate their game together.
Cost
Members: $45
Non-Members: $45
Booking passes is not permitted for this program.
Program Format
4 players per court
The pro plays alongside participants during gameplay
Personalized coaching and feedback throughout the session
Minimum Enrollment
This session requires a minimum of 4 players. If fewer than 4 players are registered 24 hours prior to the start time, the session may be canceled.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours before the session start time. No refunds will be issued for cancellations made within 72 hours of the session.
Adult Beginner Full Clinic - 6 Weeks ClinicLearn the foundation for pickleball, such as the basic skills and techniques for playing the game.
Duration: 6 sessions, 6 weeks
Age: 18+
Levels: Beginner/Advanced Beginner
Paddles will be provided
Weekly Lesson:
Week 1 - Non-Volley Zone Fundamentals
Week 2 - Serving & Returning Basics
Week 3 - Transition Zone Fundamentals
Week 4 - Groundstroke Foundations
Week 5 - Court Positioning & Team Chemistry
Week 6 - Game Play Tactics & Strategy
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Beginner ClinicThis 60 minute clinic will focus on stroke technique and building confidence on the court while also re-emphasizing rules, positioning, etc.
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Intermediate Drills Training60 Minute Drills Training
Series of drills to improve skills
Build muscle memory
Reflex challenge
In this session, players will engage in reaction-based exercises aimed at improving quick decision-making and on-court anticipation. These exercises simulate real match scenarios, encouraging participants to adapt their tactics under pressure and further refine their technique. The drills are designed to reinforce muscle memory, enhance strategic shot-making, and prepare players for more competitive play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Beginner Clinic 103Beginner 103: Drills & Play
This 60-minute session is designed to help players gain confidence on the court through a combination of stroke-specific drills and guided play.
A combination of stroke-specific drills, including deep serves, deep returns, drops, volleys, and dinks, followed by guided play
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Low Intermediate Drills & Guided PlayLow Intermediate Drills & Guided Play
Structured practice exercises and drills designed to work on:
Shot consistency/muscle memory
Paddle and Shot Control
Court and Shot Positoning
These activities are tailored to help players transition from basic skills to more advanced techniques, focusing on both individual improvement and teamwork. Emphasis will be placed on understanding shot selection and building confidence in making decisions during play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Beginner Clinic 103Beginner 103: Drills & Play
This 60-minute session is designed to help players gain confidence on the court through a combination of stroke-specific drills and guided play.
A combination of stroke-specific drills, including deep serves, deep returns, drops, volleys, and dinks, followed by guided play
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Intermediate DrillsIntermediate Drills
60-minute session to build on foundational skills and introduce advanced strategies:
Focusing on shot placement, spin techniques, and defensive maneuvers,
This session is designed to challenge players and expand their understanding of court dynamics, developing situational awareness and adaptability.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
P-Series - P1 - Foundation
Fair Lawn | The PICKLR
P-Series - P1 - Foundation
The P1 Foundation program is designed to introduce players to the core fundamentals of pickleball. It serves as the starting point for new members, ensuring they develop a solid understanding of the game. This program provides structured lessons, skill assessments, and guided practice to help players build confidence and competence in pickleball.
Cost:
Members: $20 (Free with booking pass)
Non-Members: $40
Note: Academy classes are designed for 8 players across 2 courts. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be cancelled and booking passes/credits will be refunded if applicable.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy: Cancellations must be made at least 24 hours in advance. Late cancellations or no-shows may incur a $10 fee.
Suggested Rating: 3.5
Very important: Members please use the booking pass option during checkout if you still have booking passes available in your account. We will not be able to refund you if you chose to pay for the session when you have booking passes available.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
Play With a Pro +3 Rising Intermediate 3.0 (1.5 hrs)Play with a Pro (1.5 hour): 3 Participants will play out points/games with the coach playing in. Each session will have a specific focus (e.g. court position; shot patterns) but feedback on all aspects of the game will be given throughout the session. This enables students to learn real time what they can do to improve their game and to better understand what might be holding them back. This works best if people sign up for the right level and/or with others they know are at a similar level as them.
Recommended rating to join this session is 2.8-3.3
Low Intermediate Drills & PlayLow Intermediate Drills & Guided Play
Structured practice exercises and drills designed to work on:
Shot consistency/muscle memory
Paddle and Shot Control
Court and Shot Positoning
These activities are tailored to help players transition from basic skills to more advanced techniques, focusing on both individual improvement and teamwork. Emphasis will be placed on understanding shot selection and building confidence in making decisions during play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
HIGH Intermediate Drills60 minute Drills Training
Series of Drills to improve skills
Build muscle memory
Reflex challenge
In addition, players will engage in reaction-based exercises designed to heighten your quick decision-making and on-court anticipation. These exercises are intended to simulate real match scenarios, pushing participants to adapt their tactics under pressure and further refine their technique.
We will work on a series of drills that will help reinforce muscle memory, improve strategic shot-making, and prepare players for more competitive play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Low Intermediate Drills & PlayLow Intermediate Drills & Guided Play
Structured practice exercises and drills designed to work on:
Shot consistency/muscle memory
Paddle and Shot Control
Court and Shot Positoning
These activities are tailored to help players transition from basic skills to more advanced techniques, focusing on both individual improvement and teamwork. Emphasis will be placed on understanding shot selection and building confidence in making decisions during play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
LADIES ONLY Intermediate Drills & Play!Intermediate Drills & Guided Play
90-minute session to build on foundational skills and introduce advanced strategies:
45 minutes of drills focusing on shot placement, spin techniques, and defensive maneuvers,
45 minutes of guided play with tactical coaching
This session is designed to challenge players and expand their understanding of court dynamics, developing situational awareness and adaptability. Participants will have opportunities to practice advanced rallies and receive targeted feedback to enhance their performance.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
P Series - Guided Gameplay 3.75 BelowP Series - Guided Gameplay is a structured, coach-led session designed to help players improve through live gameplay, strategy instruction, and real-time feedback. Unlike open play, Guided Gameplay combines competitive games with coaching support to develop shot selection, court positioning, communication, and overall game awareness in a fun and social environment.
Players rotate through organized matches while the coach actively participates and observes play, providing tactical adjustments and personalized feedback throughout the session. The focus is on improving consistency, decision-making, teamwork, and confidence in match situations.
Perfect for players looking to bridge the gap between drills and real-game performance, Guided Gameplay creates a supportive environment where players can learn, compete, and elevate their game together.
Cost
Members: $45
Non-Members: $45
Booking passes is not permitted for this program.
Program Format
4 players per court
The pro plays alongside participants during gameplay
Personalized coaching and feedback throughout the session
Minimum Enrollment
This session requires a minimum of 4 players. If fewer than 4 players are registered 24 hours prior to the start time, the session may be canceled.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours before the session start time. No refunds will be issued for cancellations made within 72 hours of the session.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Intermediate Drills & PlayIntermediate Drills & Guided Play
90-minute session to build on foundational skills and introduce advanced strategies:
45 minutes of drills focusing on shot placement, spin techniques, and defensive maneuvers,
45 minutes of guided play with tactical coaching
This session is designed to challenge players and expand their understanding of court dynamics, developing situational awareness and adaptability. Participants will have opportunities to practice advanced rallies and receive targeted feedback to enhance their performance.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
[BEGINNER] Coach Guided Open PlayHave a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
[BEGINNER] Coach Guided Open PlayHave a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
Play w/ the Pro - High IntermediatePro + 3
This session offers 60 or 90 minutes of game play with a Pro. Each player will have the opportunity to partner with the instructor for competitive play and gain insight into what is needed to advance to the next level. Players will rotate after each game, and the Pro will provide detailed feedback to their partner on each play.
High Intermediate Drills & Play
Series of drills to improve skills
Build muscle memory
Reflex challenge
Challenge Play
In this session, players will engage in reaction-based exercises aimed at improving quick decision-making and on-court anticipation. These exercises simulate real match scenarios, encouraging participants to adapt their tactics under pressure and further refine their technique. The drills are designed to reinforce muscle memory, enhance strategic shot-making, and prepare players for more competitive play. The last half hour of the session focuses on implementing these skills in practical situations.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
NEW- Build Your Own Pro+3 - 90minsBuild Your Own Pro+3
Customize your Pro+3 by selecting the players and and skill areas on which you'd like pointers.
Just tell your friends to register or add guests.
Intermediate Drills Training60 Minute Drills Training
Series of drills to improve skills
Build muscle memory
Reflex challenge
In this session, players will engage in reaction-based exercises aimed at improving quick decision-making and on-court anticipation. These exercises simulate real match scenarios, encouraging participants to adapt their tactics under pressure and further refine their technique. The drills are designed to reinforce muscle memory, enhance strategic shot-making, and prepare players for more competitive play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
Beginner Drills & Guided PlayBeginner Advanced Drills & Guided Play
90-minute session to take you to the next level:
45 minutes of drills
45 minutes of guided play
Learn and drill the required shots to advance your game
Learn effective movement on the court
Learn rules and play the game
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Intermediate Drills Training60 minute Drills Training - by level
Series of Drills to improve skills
Build muscle memory
Reflex challenge
In addition, players will engage in reaction-based exercises designed to heighten your quick decision-making and on-court anticipation. These exercises are intended to simulate real match scenarios, pushing participants to adapt their tactics under pressure and further refine their technique.
We will work on a series of drills that will help reinforce muscle memory, improve strategic shot-making, and prepare players for more competitive play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With a Pro +3 Rising Intermediate 3.0 (1.5 hrs)Play with a Pro (1.5 hour): 3 Participants will play out points/games with the coach playing in. Each session will have a specific focus (e.g. court position; shot patterns) but feedback on all aspects of the game will be given throughout the session. This enables students to learn real time what they can do to improve their game and to better understand what might be holding them back. This works best if people sign up for the right level and/or with others they know are at a similar level as them.
Recommended rating to join this session is 2.8-3.3
Beginner Clinic 102Beginner 102: Skills & Drills
60-minute session designed to improve and build upon skills learned in the Beginner 101 Clinic.
Clinic focuses on:
Groundstrokes
Dinking
Punch volleys
Court presence and serves
During this clinic, participants will engage in a variety of skill-building exercises that emphasize both technique refinement and understanding of game. The session will include interactive drills, partner activities, and live-play scenarios to encourage active learning and provide real-time feedback.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Low Intermediated Drills Beginner Advanced: Drills & Guided Play
60-minute session to gain confidence on the court:
A combination of stroke-specific drills, deep serves, deep returns, drops, volleys and dinks, followed by guided play
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
P Series - Guided Gameplay 3.75 BelowP Series - Guided Gameplay is a structured, coach-led session designed to help players improve through live gameplay, strategy instruction, and real-time feedback. Unlike open play, Guided Gameplay combines competitive games with coaching support to develop shot selection, court positioning, communication, and overall game awareness in a fun and social environment.
Players rotate through organized matches while the coach actively participates and observes play, providing tactical adjustments and personalized feedback throughout the session. The focus is on improving consistency, decision-making, teamwork, and confidence in match situations.
Perfect for players looking to bridge the gap between drills and real-game performance, Guided Gameplay creates a supportive environment where players can learn, compete, and elevate their game together.
Cost
Members: $45
Non-Members: $45
Booking passes is not permitted for this program.
Program Format
4 players per court
The pro plays alongside participants during gameplay
Personalized coaching and feedback throughout the session
Minimum Enrollment
This session requires a minimum of 4 players. If fewer than 4 players are registered 24 hours prior to the start time, the session may be canceled.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours before the session start time. No refunds will be issued for cancellations made within 72 hours of the session.
Low Intermediate Drills & PlayLow Intermediate Drills & Guided Play
Structured practice exercises and drills designed to work on:
Shot consistency/muscle memory
Paddle and Shot Control
Court and Shot Positoning
These activities are tailored to help players transition from basic skills to more advanced techniques, focusing on both individual improvement and teamwork. Emphasis will be placed on understanding shot selection and building confidence in making decisions during play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With A Pro 3.0 - 3.5Ready to move up to the High Intermediate 3.5+ level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
NEW - PARTNER STRATEGY ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
HIGH Intermediate Drills60 minute Drills Training
Series of Drills to improve skills
Build muscle memory
Reflex challenge
In addition, players will engage in reaction-based exercises designed to heighten your quick decision-making and on-court anticipation. These exercises are intended to simulate real match scenarios, pushing participants to adapt their tactics under pressure and further refine their technique.
We will work on a series of drills that will help reinforce muscle memory, improve strategic shot-making, and prepare players for more competitive play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
Low Intermediate Drills & Guided PlayLow Intermediate Drills & Guided Play
Structured practice exercises and drills designed to work on:
Shot consistency/muscle memory
Paddle and Shot Control
Court and Shot Positoning
These activities are tailored to help players transition from basic skills to more advanced techniques, focusing on both individual improvement and teamwork. Emphasis will be placed on understanding shot selection and building confidence in making decisions during play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Intermediate DrillsIntermediate Drills & Guided Play
90-minute session to build on foundational skills and introduce advanced strategies:
45 minutes of drills focusing on shot placement, spin techniques, and defensive maneuvers,
45 minutes of guided play with tactical coaching
This session is designed to challenge players and expand their understanding of court dynamics, developing situational awareness and adaptability. Participants will have opportunities to practice advanced rallies and receive targeted feedback to enhance their performance.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Low Intermediate Drills & Guided PlayLow Intermediate Drills & Guided Play
Structured practice exercises and drills designed to work on:
Shot consistency/muscle memory
Paddle and Shot Control
Court and Shot Positoning
These activities are tailored to help players transition from basic skills to more advanced techniques, focusing on both individual improvement and teamwork. Emphasis will be placed on understanding shot selection and building confidence in making decisions during play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
[INTERMEDIATE] Coach Guided Open Play (5:30pm)Have a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
Pickleball coaching for Advanced Intermediate / Advanced trainingExisting trainees receive 10% for enrolling again, call us to receive account credit.
Coaching for Advanced Intermediate / advnaced training for DUPR >=3.5
60 min sessions
4 session package
Continue to hone in on the skills.
Spend dedicated 60 minutes with the coach on the court.
We can also customize a training program as per your needs.
Please feel free to call or speak with the coach during your session.
4 Week Clinic for IntermediateABOUT
This 4-week clinic series is for Intermediate players who are ready to take their game to the next level.
Clinic Schedule
With our coach and 4 other students, you’ll learn the following:
Week 1: how to reliably get to the kitchen (serves, drives, drops, drips, resets)
Week 2: how to stop your opponents getting to the kitchen (returns, 4th shot decision making, drive tolerance, flicks/rolls)
Week 3: How to win once you’re at the kitchen (speedups + dinking patterns)
Week 4: How to be ready for your opponents game plan in the kitchen. (Counters + dinking patterns+ finishing pieces)
Each class will be 1.5 hours long, with a combination of coach-guided drills and demonstrations!
If you were to sign up, it is a commitment to the 4-Week clinic series. If you cannot attend a class, please let your coach know before hand.
Cancellation Policy: Full refund with cancellations over 48+ hours before the start time of the event.
[INTERMEDIATE] Coach Guided Open Play (6:30pm)Have a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Clinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with StrategyClinic Series - Path to 3.5: Playing with Strategy
Ever feel like you’re hitting solid shots but still losing points you should be winning? This six-week series will teach you how to play with intention instead of reacting. You’ll learn how to control the point from the serve and return, take command of the kitchen line, and place the ball to create pressure and force errors—so you’re dictating play rather than hoping for a mistake.Prerequisites: You should be able to execute basic shots (serve, return, drive, drop, volley, and dink) with some consistency or have completed Path to Intermediate Level 1. If you are unsure if this series is the right fit, please reach out.Our clinics are based on a curriculum developed by theRacket Professional Organization (RPO), founded by Collin Johns, who many consider to be one of the world's best pickleball coaches. Our excellent team of coaches has been trained in the RPO method, and we think you will find it to be game-changing in terms of the quality of instruction.
Max per class: 4
Cancellation policy:Because of the challenge of finding a last minute replacement for a clinic series, cancellations must be made at least 3 days prior to the start of the first session.
Cancellation for low enrollment: The clinic series will be cancelled for low enrollment if it does not have at least 3 registered participants prior to the first class
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
LADIES ONLY Intermediate Drills Training60-minute Drills Training:
A series of Drills to improve skills
Build muscle memory
Reflex challenge
In addition, players will engage in reaction-based exercises designed to heighten their quick decision-making and on-court anticipation. These exercises are intended to simulate real match scenarios, pushing participants to adapt their tactics under pressure and further refine their technique.
We will work on a series of drills that will help reinforce muscle memory, improve strategic shot-making, and prepare players for more competitive play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Beginner AVANCED Drills & Guided PlayBeginner Advanced Drills & Guided Play
90-minute session to take you to the next level:
45 minutes of drills
45 minutes of guided play
Learn and drill the required shots to advance your game
Learn effective movement on the court
Learn rules and play the game
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Guided Play with Mark & ElaineGuided Play with Mark & Elaine
Age: All Ages
Level: Beginner & Intermediate
Receive personalized one-on-one coaching during live play.
Get real-time feedback on strategy, positioning, and shot selection.
Learn smarter decision-making in actual game situations.
Improve your skills faster while playing in a fun and supportive environment.
Beginner Clinic 103Beginner 103: Drills & Play
This 60-minute session is designed to help players gain confidence on the court through a combination of stroke-specific drills and guided play.
A combination of stroke-specific drills, including deep serves, deep returns, drops, volleys, and dinks, followed by guided play
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Low Intermediate DrillsLow Intermediate Drills
Structured practice exercises and drills designed to work on:
Shot consistency/muscle memory
Paddle and Shot Control
Court and Shot Positoning
These activities are tailored to help players transition from basic skills to more advanced techniques, focusing on both individual improvement and teamwork. Emphasis will be placed on understanding shot selection and building confidence in making decisions during play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
Low Intermediate Drills and PlayIntermediate Drills & Guided Play
This 90-minute session builds on foundational skills and introduces advanced strategies for more experienced players.
45 minutes of drills focusing on shot placement, spin techniques, and defensive maneuvers
45 minutes of guided play with tactical coaching
The session challenges players to expand their understanding of court dynamics, develop situational awareness, and adapt to different game scenarios. Participants will practice advanced rallies and receive targeted feedback to enhance their performance.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
P Series - Guided Gameplay 3.75 BelowP Series - Guided Gameplay is a structured, coach-led session designed to help players improve through live gameplay, strategy instruction, and real-time feedback. Unlike open play, Guided Gameplay combines competitive games with coaching support to develop shot selection, court positioning, communication, and overall game awareness in a fun and social environment.
Players rotate through organized matches while the coach actively participates and observes play, providing tactical adjustments and personalized feedback throughout the session. The focus is on improving consistency, decision-making, teamwork, and confidence in match situations.
Perfect for players looking to bridge the gap between drills and real-game performance, Guided Gameplay creates a supportive environment where players can learn, compete, and elevate their game together.
Cost
Members: $45
Non-Members: $45
Booking passes is not permitted for this program.
Program Format
4 players per court
The pro plays alongside participants during gameplay
Personalized coaching and feedback throughout the session
Minimum Enrollment
This session requires a minimum of 4 players. If fewer than 4 players are registered 24 hours prior to the start time, the session may be canceled.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours before the session start time. No refunds will be issued for cancellations made within 72 hours of the session.
Adult Beginner Full Clinic - 6 Weeks ClinicLearn the foundation for pickleball, such as the basic skills and techniques for playing the game.
Duration: 6 sessions, 6 weeks
Age: 18+
Levels: Beginner/Advanced Beginner
Paddles will be provided
Weekly Lesson:
Week 1 - Non-Volley Zone Fundamentals
Week 2 - Serving & Returning Basics
Week 3 - Transition Zone Fundamentals
Week 4 - Groundstroke Foundations
Week 5 - Court Positioning & Team Chemistry
Week 6 - Game Play Tactics & Strategy
P Series - Guided Gameplay 3.75 BelowP Series - Guided Gameplay is a structured, coach-led session designed to help players improve through live gameplay, strategy instruction, and real-time feedback. Unlike open play, Guided Gameplay combines competitive games with coaching support to develop shot selection, court positioning, communication, and overall game awareness in a fun and social environment.
Players rotate through organized matches while the coach actively participates and observes play, providing tactical adjustments and personalized feedback throughout the session. The focus is on improving consistency, decision-making, teamwork, and confidence in match situations.
Perfect for players looking to bridge the gap between drills and real-game performance, Guided Gameplay creates a supportive environment where players can learn, compete, and elevate their game together.
Cost
Members: $45
Non-Members: $45
Booking passes is not permitted for this program.
Program Format
4 players per court
The pro plays alongside participants during gameplay
Personalized coaching and feedback throughout the session
Minimum Enrollment
This session requires a minimum of 4 players. If fewer than 4 players are registered 24 hours prior to the start time, the session may be canceled.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours before the session start time. No refunds will be issued for cancellations made within 72 hours of the session.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Beginner ClinicThis 60 minute clinic will focus on stroke technique and building confidence on the court while also re-emphasizing rules, positioning, etc.
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Skills & Drills 60minsGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay 3 hrs weekendOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Adaptive Pickleball Clinic (All Ages) - 6 Weeks ClinicAdaptive Pickleball - Inclusion, Fitness & Social Engagement
The Standard Game is modified to teach people with physical, cognitive and developmental challenges.
6-Weeks Session
Age: 9+
Level: All Levels
Paddles will be provided
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
Beginner Clinic 103Beginner 103: Drills & Play
This 60-minute session is designed to help players gain confidence on the court through a combination of stroke-specific drills and guided play.
A combination of stroke-specific drills, including deep serves, deep returns, drops, volleys, and dinks, followed by guided play
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Coach Guided Open PlayGreat opportunity to continue learning and gain the confidence to play in Open Plays.
Our coach will guide the group through the open play format providing game and shot tips as you play!
Come join all the social fun of Open Plays!!!
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Low Intermediate Drills & Guided PlayLow Intermediate Drills & Guided Play
Structured practice exercises and drills designed to work on:
Shot consistency/muscle memory
Paddle and Shot Control
Court and Shot Positoning
These activities are tailored to help players transition from basic skills to more advanced techniques, focusing on both individual improvement and teamwork. Emphasis will be placed on understanding shot selection and building confidence in making decisions during play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
OpenPlay weekend 2 hrsOPEN PLAY RULES
HAVE FUN!
Open play is for everyone. ...
EVERYONE must bring along a pickleball.
Max of 6 players per court.
Take turns, so it is fair for everyone
No one can just continue to play as a pair or a group
Winner pair may remain on court for 2 consecutive games, after which they must switch and mix up
If there are no reservations, those waiting can utilize open courts until a reservation comes along
Call for reservations if within 1 hr of start time
6 hr cancellation window policy applies
All prices are subject to change
Beginner Clinic 103Beginner 103: Drills & Play
This 60-minute session is designed to help players gain confidence on the court through a combination of stroke-specific drills and guided play.
A combination of stroke-specific drills, including deep serves, deep returns, drops, volleys, and dinks, followed by guided play
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
Intermediate DrillsIntermediate Drills
60-minute session to build on foundational skills and introduce advanced strategies:
Focusing on shot placement, spin techniques, and defensive maneuvers,
This session is designed to challenge players and expand their understanding of court dynamics, developing situational awareness and adaptability.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
P-Series - P1 - Foundation
Fair Lawn | The PICKLR
P-Series - P1 - Foundation
The P1 Foundation program is designed to introduce players to the core fundamentals of pickleball. It serves as the starting point for new members, ensuring they develop a solid understanding of the game. This program provides structured lessons, skill assessments, and guided practice to help players build confidence and competence in pickleball.
Cost:
Members: $20 (Free with booking pass)
Non-Members: $40
Note: Academy classes are designed for 8 players across 2 courts. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be cancelled and booking passes/credits will be refunded if applicable.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy: Cancellations must be made at least 24 hours in advance. Late cancellations or no-shows may incur a $10 fee.
Suggested Rating: 3.5
Very important: Members please use the booking pass option during checkout if you still have booking passes available in your account. We will not be able to refund you if you chose to pay for the session when you have booking passes available.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Experienced Beginner level (2.0-3.0)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Intro to PickleballThis 90 minute clinic will focus on the rules of the game, scoring, positioning, serving/receiving and general strokes. All these will be learned in a fun, interactive setting and put into game play the ladder half of the session.
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Low Intermediate Drills & PlayLow Intermediate Drills & Guided Play
Structured practice exercises and drills designed to work on:
Shot consistency/muscle memory
Paddle and Shot Control
Court and Shot Positoning
These activities are tailored to help players transition from basic skills to more advanced techniques, focusing on both individual improvement and teamwork. Emphasis will be placed on understanding shot selection and building confidence in making decisions during play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
Beginner ClinicGear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Clinics to be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Play With A Pro 3.5 - 4.0Ready to move up to the advanced 4.0 level? This session is designed for you. Play with Coach James Cannizzaro and gain in-game tips and strategies, with personalized feedback throughout to help take your game to the next level.
Play with Pro with IanPlay alongside a pro in a fun, interactive session while receiving real-time coaching, strategy tips, and personalized feedback.
Duration: 60 minutes
Age: Age 16+
Levels: High Intermediate, Intermediate
HIGH Intermediate Drills60 minute Drills Training
Series of Drills to improve skills
Build muscle memory
Reflex challenge
In addition, players will engage in reaction-based exercises designed to heighten your quick decision-making and on-court anticipation. These exercises are intended to simulate real match scenarios, pushing participants to adapt their tactics under pressure and further refine their technique.
We will work on a series of drills that will help reinforce muscle memory, improve strategic shot-making, and prepare players for more competitive play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
P-Series - P3 Play with a Pro 3.75 BelowThe P3 Play with the Pro session offers players a unique opportunity to blend coached match play with real-time feedback and strategic insights from a Picklr Pro. Designed for players progressing through the Picklr Pathway, this program focuses on situational awareness, shot selection, and court positioning during live play.
Players rotate partners and opponents while receiving on-court guidance from the Pro, including between-point coaching, shot recommendations, and tactical adjustments. This format bridges the gap between drilling and competitive play, accelerating player growth in a supportive, game-based environment.
Cost:
Members: $50
Non-Members: $50
No Booking Pass permitted
Note: This session is designed for 3 players on 1 court with the pro playing alongside each player. If fewer than 3 players are registered 24 hours before start time, the class may be canceled
Cancellation / No-Show Policy:
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours in advance. No Refund after 72 hours.
Pro+3 90minsPro+3
Gear around the skills required to play and progress through the Intermediate level (3.0-3.5)
Pro to provide instruction as you play.
Pro+3 can be focused on specific skills per player request / at instructor discretion.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Dinking and Soft Game
This session will be dedicated to making you a threat at the kitchen line. By developing a framework to your dinking strategy, you can apply safe pressure to your opponents so you can generate a pop-up for you to smash.
2. Drops and Transitioning
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to safely get to the non-volley-zone line so you have a better chance of winning hands-battles, forcing your opponents to play a soft game with you.
3. Drives and Punch Volleys
This session will be dedicated to understanding both how to hit an aggressive drive and how to make your opponents pay for hitting one at you.
4. Serves and Returns
This session will be dedicated to learning how to generate an advantage within the first 2 shots of a point, either as the serving team or the returning team.
5. Lobs and Overheads
This session will be dedicated to learning how to hit an effective overhead smash, as well as how to handle one coming at you to stay in the point.
Low Intermediate Drills & PlayLow Intermediate Drills & Guided Play
Structured practice exercises and drills designed to work on:
Shot consistency/muscle memory
Paddle and Shot Control
Court and Shot Positoning
These activities are tailored to help players transition from basic skills to more advanced techniques, focusing on both individual improvement and teamwork. Emphasis will be placed on understanding shot selection and building confidence in making decisions during play.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
LADIES ONLY Intermediate Drills & Play!Intermediate Drills & Guided Play
90-minute session to build on foundational skills and introduce advanced strategies:
45 minutes of drills focusing on shot placement, spin techniques, and defensive maneuvers,
45 minutes of guided play with tactical coaching
This session is designed to challenge players and expand their understanding of court dynamics, developing situational awareness and adaptability. Participants will have opportunities to practice advanced rallies and receive targeted feedback to enhance their performance.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
P Series - Guided Gameplay 3.75 BelowP Series - Guided Gameplay is a structured, coach-led session designed to help players improve through live gameplay, strategy instruction, and real-time feedback. Unlike open play, Guided Gameplay combines competitive games with coaching support to develop shot selection, court positioning, communication, and overall game awareness in a fun and social environment.
Players rotate through organized matches while the coach actively participates and observes play, providing tactical adjustments and personalized feedback throughout the session. The focus is on improving consistency, decision-making, teamwork, and confidence in match situations.
Perfect for players looking to bridge the gap between drills and real-game performance, Guided Gameplay creates a supportive environment where players can learn, compete, and elevate their game together.
Cost
Members: $45
Non-Members: $45
Booking passes is not permitted for this program.
Program Format
4 players per court
The pro plays alongside participants during gameplay
Personalized coaching and feedback throughout the session
Minimum Enrollment
This session requires a minimum of 4 players. If fewer than 4 players are registered 24 hours prior to the start time, the session may be canceled.
Cancellation / No-Show Policy
Cancellations must be made at least 72 hours before the session start time. No refunds will be issued for cancellations made within 72 hours of the session.
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
NEW - COACHED Open PlayNEW - Coached Open Play
While normal clinics are focused more on shot technique, Coached Open Plays will be on the fly in play instruction.
Players will identify in game opportunity areas that may have been blind spots in their game.
Primary areas of instruction:
Positioning
Shot Selection
Game Strategy
*Hidden Gem: The player sitting out will sit beside the pro getting non-stop guidance on proper game play from someone who actually knows instead of regular players who only think they know ;)
Intermediate Drills & PlayIntermediate Drills & Guided Play
90-minute session to build on foundational skills and introduce advanced strategies:
45 minutes of drills focusing on shot placement, spin techniques, and defensive maneuvers,
45 minutes of guided play with tactical coaching
This session is designed to challenge players and expand their understanding of court dynamics, developing situational awareness and adaptability. Participants will have opportunities to practice advanced rallies and receive targeted feedback to enhance their performance.
50 Spring Street, Ramsey, New Jersey 07446, United States
[BEGINNER] Coach Guided Open PlayHave a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States
NEW - Partner Strategy ClinicPickleball is largely a partner game. The most successful higher level players realize their partnering skills are every bit as important as their playing skills.
Are you 100% sure you're a good partner???
This clinic is designed for league or tournament players or players who simply want to compete and win at a higher level.
NO PARTNER NEEDED.
Possible Skills to Include:
1. Proper positioning, partner movement, and stacking
2. Communication before, during, and after the point
3.How to opportunistically poach and deal with the big hitting poacher
4. How to control the point and keep the opposing team off balance
5. Speedups and Counters
This session will be dedicated to understanding the nuances of speedups and how they could be utilized to generate a pop-up for you to smash. This will also focus on the different ways to handle each type of speedup so you can punish your opponent for doing so.
6. Playing “Fast” and Poaching
This session will be dedicated to understanding how to adapt your game to your opponents if you are struggling to safely transition to the non-volley-zone line.
7. Offensive Lobs and Retrieving Lobs
This session will be dedicated to applying pressure with lobs so you can push your opponents back off the non-volley-zone line and gain an advantage in the point. It will also focus on how to handle situations where you are lobbed and need to re-transition to the non-volley-zone line.
[BEGINNER] Coach Guided Open PlayHave a coach watch and guide you during open play. Our coaches will provide tips and tricks on the spot as you play. Fun and easy way to learn basic match play tactics. Recommended for people who have played pickleball at <3.5 level, or have played less than 6 months.
Refunds will be offered as club credits if cancelled at least 24 hours prior to the start of the event. If cancelled within 24 hours of the start of the event, no refunds will be offered.
Please note, these sessions do include balls to use, but not paddles. We offer separately paddles for rent and for sale.
456 Nordhoff Place, Englewood, NJ 07631, United States